Ecm - Engine Control System (Mr20dd)

ENGINE
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM (MR)

SECTION ECM ECM
E
CONTENTS
MR20DD Exhaust Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve ........24 F
Intake Manifold Runner Control Valve .....................24
PRECAUTION ............................................... 7 Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 ..................................24
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 ........................................25 G
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 7 Barometric Pressure Sensor ...................................25
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System Knock Sensor ..........................................................25
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- Engine Oil Pressure Sensor ....................................26
SIONER" ................................................................... 7 H
Engine Oil Temperature Sensor ..............................26
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...... 7 Cooling Fan .............................................................26
Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal ............. 7 Cooling Fan Resistor ...............................................26
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid I
and CVT .................................................................... 9 Valve ........................................................................27
General Precautions ................................................. 9 Refrigerant Pressure Sensor ...................................27
Stop Lamp Switch and Brake pedal position J
PREPARATION ........................................... 12 switch .......................................................................27
PREPARATION ..................................................12 Clutch Pedal Position Switch ...................................27
Special Service Tools .............................................. 12 Clutch Interlock Switch ............................................27
K
Commercial Service Tools ...................................... 12 ASCD Steering Switch .............................................28
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................. 14 STRUCTURE AND OPERATION ..................... 29

Positive Crankcase Ventilation ................................29 L
COMPONENT PARTS .......................................14
SYSTEM ............................................................ 30
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ................................... 14
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ...................................30 M
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts
Location ................................................................... 14 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Descrip-
tion ...........................................................................30
ECM ........................................................................ 18
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Fail-safe ................31 N
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor .......................... 18
Electric Throttle Control Actuator ............................ 18 DIG (DIRECT INJECTION GASOLINE) SYSTEM ....34
Ignition Coil With Power Transistor ......................... 19 DIG (DIRECT INJECTION GASOLINE) SYSTEM
Fuel Injector ............................................................ 20 : System Description ................................................35 O
High Pressure Fuel Pump ....................................... 20
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor ...................................... 21 FUEL PRESSURE CONTROL ...................................38
Low Pressure Fuel Pump ........................................ 21 FUEL PRESSURE CONTROL : System Descrip-
P
Mass Air Flow Sensor (With Intake Air Tempera- tion ...........................................................................38
ture Sensor) ............................................................ 21
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM .................................39
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ...................... 22
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System De-
Crankshaft Position Sensor ..................................... 23
scription ...................................................................39
Camshaft Position Sensor ....................................... 23
Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve ........... 23 IDLE SPEED CONTROL ...........................................40
Exhaust Valve Timing Control Position Sensor ....... 23 IDLE SPEED CONTROL : System Description .......40
ECM-1
COOLING FAN CONTROL ....................................... 41 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ..... 55
COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description... 41 Diagnosis Description ............................................. 55
GST (Generic Scan Tool) ....................................... 55
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL ........................ 41
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System De- DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM) ............................ 56
scription .................................................................. 42
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION ..................................... 56
EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL .................... 43 DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : 1st Trip Detection
EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Logic and Two Trip Detection Logic ........................ 56
Description .............................................................. 43 DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC and Freeze
Frame Data ............................................................. 56
INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CONTROL .............. 45
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System ...... 57
INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CONTROL : Sys-
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern ........ 60
tem Description ....................................................... 45
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness
ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW EN- Test (SRT) Code ..................................................... 61
GINE OIL PRESSURE .............................................. 46 DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indica-
ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW EN- tor Lamp (MIL) ........................................................ 62
GINE OIL PRESSURE : System Description ......... 46 On Board Diagnosis Function ................................. 63
CONSULT Function ................................................ 65
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL ...................... 47
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............. 73
Description .............................................................. 47
ECM ................................................................... 73
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)... 47 Reference Value ..................................................... 73
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (AS- Fail-safe .................................................................. 87
CD) : System Description ....................................... 48 DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................. 91
DTC Index ............................................................... 93
GEAR SHIFT INDICATOR SYSTEM ........................ 49
Test Value and Test Limit ....................................... 96
GEAR SHIFT INDICATOR SYSTEM : System De-
scription .................................................................. 49 WIRING DIAGRAM ................................... 103
ECO MODE SYSTEM ............................................... 49 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .......................... 103
ECO MODE SYSTEM : System Description .......... 50 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 103
INTEGRATED CONTROL OF ENGINE, CVT, AND
BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 120
ABS ........................................................................... 50
INTEGRATED CONTROL OF ENGINE, CVT, DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ........ 120
AND ABS : System Description .............................. 50 Work Flow ............................................................. 120
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ....................... 50 Diagnostic Work Sheet ......................................... 123
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
Description .............................................................. 51 ECM .................................................................. 124
POWER GENERATION VOLTAGE VARIABLE Description ............................................................ 124
CONTROL SYSTEM ................................................. 51 Work Procedure .................................................... 124
POWER GENERATION VOLTAGE VARIABLE
VIN REGISTRATION ........................................ 126
CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description ............ 51
Description ............................................................ 126
INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION Work Procedure .................................................... 126
METER) ..................................................................... 52
INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSI-
METER) : ASCD Indicator ...................................... 52 TION LEARNING .............................................. 127
INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION Description ............................................................ 127
METER) : Engine Oil Pressure Warining ................ 52 Work Procedure .................................................... 127
CAN COMMUNICATION ........................................... 53 THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION

CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description ...... 53 LEARNING ....................................................... 128
Description ............................................................ 128
OPERATION ...................................................... 54 Work Procedure .................................................... 128
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)... 54 IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING ....................... 129
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (AS- Description ............................................................ 129
CD) : Switch Name and Function ........................... 54
ECM-2
Work Procedure .................................................... 129 Component Inspection ........................................... 168
A
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE .... 170
CLEAR .............................................................. 131 DTC Description .................................................... 170
Description ............................................................ 131 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 170
Component Inspection ........................................... 171 ECM
Work Procedure .................................................... 131
BASIC INSPECTION ........................................ 132 P0078 EVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ... 173
Work Procedure .................................................... 132 DTC Description .................................................... 173 C
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 173
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK .............................. 135 Component Inspection ........................................... 174
Work Procedure .................................................... 135
P0087, P0088, P0090 FRP CONTROL SYS- D
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 137 TEM ................................................................. 176
DTC Description .................................................... 176
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 177 E
VALUE .............................................................. 137 Component Inspection ........................................... 177
Description ............................................................ 137
Component Function Check .................................. 137 P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ......................... 179
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 138 F
DTC Description .................................................... 179
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 145 Component Inspection ........................................... 182
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 145 G
P0107, P0108 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE
U0101 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 148 SENSOR .......................................................... 185
DTC Description .................................................... 148
DTC Description .................................................... 185 H
U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 149 Component Inspection ........................................... 187
DTC Description .................................................... 149 P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ........................... 189 I
DTC Description .................................................... 189
U1040 ENG COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 150 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 189
DTC Description .................................................... 150 Component Inspection ........................................... 190 J
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 150 P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .......................... 191
U1044 ENG COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 152 DTC Description .................................................... 191
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 191 K
DTC Description .................................................... 152
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 152 Component Inspection ........................................... 192
U1050, U1051 LIN COMMUNICATION ............ 154 P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ............................ 194 L
DTC Description .................................................... 154 DTC Description .................................................... 194
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 154 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 194
Component Inspection ........................................... 196
M
P0011 IVT CONTROL ...................................... 156
DTC Description .................................................... 156 P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 .................................... 197
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 157 DTC Description .................................................... 197
Component Inspection .......................................... 158 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 198 N
P0014 EVT CONTROL ..................................... 160 P0131 A/F SENSOR 1 .................................... 200
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 201 O
Component Inspection .......................................... 162 P0132 A/F SENSOR 1 .................................... 203
P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER ......... 164 DTC Description .................................................... 203 P
DTC Description .................................................... 164 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 204
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 164 P0137 HO2S2 .................................................. 206
Component Inspection .......................................... 165
DTC Description .................................................... 206
P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER ....................... 167 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 208
DTC Description .................................................... 167 Component Inspection ........................................... 209
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 167 P0138 HO2S2 .................................................. 212
ECM-3
DTC Description ....................................................212 Component Inspection .......................................... 266
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................214
Component Inspection ...........................................217 P0365 EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL
POSITION SENSOR ......................................... 267
P0139 HO2S2 .................................................. 219 DTC Description .................................................... 267
DTC Description ....................................................219 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 268
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................221 Component Inspection .......................................... 270
Component Inspection ...........................................223
P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION.. 271
P014C, P014D A/F SENSOR 1 ....................... 225 DTC Description .................................................... 271
P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME
P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNC- CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ........................ 276
TION ................................................................. 230 DTC Description .................................................... 276
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................231 Component Inspection .......................................... 277
P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNC- P0500 VSS ........................................................ 279
TION ................................................................. 235
DTC Description ....................................................235 EXCEPT FOR M/T MODELS .................................. 279
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................236 EXCEPT FOR M/T MODELS : DTC Description . 279
EXCEPT FOR M/T MODELS : Diagnosis Proce-
P0190 FRP SENSOR ....................................... 240 dure ....................................................................... 280
DTC Description ....................................................240
M/T MODELS .......................................................... 281
M/T MODELS : DTC Description .......................... 281
M/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure ................... 282
P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR .......................... 244
DTC Description ....................................................244
P0506 ISC SYSTEM ......................................... 284
DTC Description .................................................... 284
P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204 FUEL INJEC- P0507 ISC SYSTEM ......................................... 286
DTC Description .................................................... 286
TOR .................................................................. 246
DTC Description ....................................................246
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................246 P0520 EOP SENSOR ....................................... 288
DTC Description .................................................... 288
P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR ............................. 247
DTC Description ....................................................247
Component Inspection ...........................................249 P0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE ..................... 292
DTC Description .................................................... 292
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MIS-
FIRE ................................................................. 250 Component Inspection .......................................... 294
DTC Description ....................................................250
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................252 P0603, P062F ECM .......................................... 296
DTC Description .................................................... 296
P0327, P0328 KS ............................................. 257 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 297
DTC Description ....................................................257
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................257 P0604 ECM ....................................................... 298
Component Inspection ...........................................258 DTC Description .................................................... 298
P0335 CKP SENSOR ...................................... 259
DTC Description ....................................................259 P0605 ECM ....................................................... 299
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................259 DTC Description .................................................... 299
Component Inspection ...........................................261 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 299
P0340 CMP SENSOR ...................................... 263 P0606 ECM ....................................................... 300
DTC Description ....................................................263 DTC Description .................................................... 300
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................264 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 301
ECM-4
P0607 ECM ....................................................... 302 P1568 SIGNAL INVALID ................................ 330
DTC Description .................................................... 302 DTC Description .................................................... 330 A
P0611 ECM PROTECTION .............................. 303 P1572 BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH .. 332
ECM
Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position
P062B ECM ...................................................... 304 Switch) ................................................................... 336 C
DTC Description .................................................... 304 Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) .......... 337
DTC Logic ............................................................. 304
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 304 P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR ..... 338 D
DTC Description .................................................... 338
P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ................. 306 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 339
DTC Description .................................................... 306
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 307 P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ................................. 340 E
DTC Description .................................................... 340
P0850 REVERSE/NEUTRAL POSITION Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 340
SWITCH ............................................................ 308 Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) .......... 341 F
CVT .......................................................................... 308 P2008 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CON-
CVT : DTC Description .......................................... 308 TROL VALVE .................................................. 343
CVT : Diagnosis Procedure ................................... 309 DTC Description .................................................... 343 G
M/T ........................................................................... 310 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 344
M/T : DTC Description ........................................... 310 Component Inspection ........................................... 345
M/T : Diagnosis Procedure .................................... 311 H
P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MO-
P1078 EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR .. 313 TOR RELAY .................................................... 347
I
P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
P1197 OUT OF GAS ........................................ 317 FUNCTION ...................................................... 350 J
Component Inspection ........................................... 352 K
P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE .............. 319
DTC Description .................................................... 319 P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR ......... 353
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 353 L
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ......... 321 Component Inspection ........................................... 354
DTC Description .................................................... 321
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 322 P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL M
ACTUATOR ..................................................... 355
P1225 TP SENSOR .......................................... 324 DTC Description .................................................... 355
DTC Description .................................................... 324 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 356
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 324 N
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR ......................... 357
P1226 TP SENSOR .......................................... 325 DTC Description .................................................... 357
DTC Description .................................................... 325 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 358 O
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 325 Component Inspection ........................................... 359
P155D GENERATOR ....................................... 326 P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR ......................... 360
DTC Description .................................................... 326 DTC Description .................................................... 360 P
P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH .................. 327
DTC Description .................................................... 327 P2135 TP SENSOR ......................................... 364
Component Inspection .......................................... 329 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 364
ECM-5
P2138 APP SENSOR ...................................... 367 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 400
DTC Description ....................................................367
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................368 INFORMATION DISPLAY (ASCD) ................... 401
Component Inspection ...........................................370 Component Function Check ................................. 401
FUEL INJECTOR ............................................. 372
Component Function Check ..................................372 CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH ............. 402
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................372 Description ............................................................ 402
Component Inspection (Fuel Injector) ...................375 Component Function Check ................................. 402
Component Inspection (Fuel Injector Relay) .........375 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 402
Component Inspection (Clutch Pedal Position
LOW PRESSURE FUEL PUMP ...................... 377 Switch) .................................................................. 403
Component Function Check ..................................377
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................377 BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH ............... 404
Component Inspection (Fuel Pump) ......................378 Component Function Check ................................. 404
HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP ...................... 380 Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position
Component Function Check ..................................380 Switch) .................................................................. 405
Component Inspection (High Pressure Fuel SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 407
Pump) ....................................................................383
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .......................... 407
Component Inspection (High Pressure Fuel Pump
Symptom Table ..................................................... 407
Relay) ....................................................................384
IGNITION SIGNAL ........................................... 385 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ...................... 412

Component Function Check ..................................385 IDLE SPEED ..................................................... 412
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................385 Inspection .............................................................. 412
Component Inspection (Ignition Coil With Power
Transistor) .............................................................387 IGNITION TIMING ............................................. 413
Component Inspection (Condenser) ......................388 Inspection .............................................................. 413
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL ......................... 390 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM .............. 414
Description .............................................................390 Inspection .............................................................. 414
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................390 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ......... 415
Inspection .............................................................. 415
SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2 CIRCUIT .......... 392
Description .............................................................392 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 416
ECM .................................................................. 416
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR .......... 394 Removal and Installation ....................................... 416
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................394 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) ......................................................... 417
COOLING FAN ................................................ 396
Component Function Check ..................................396 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................396 (SDS) ................................................................ 417
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor) ..........398 Idle Speed ............................................................. 417
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay) ..........399 Ignition Timing ....................................................... 417
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Resistor) ......399 Calculated Load Value .......................................... 417
Mass Air Flow Sensor ........................................... 417
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (MIL) ..... 400
ECM-6
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [MR20DD]
• When disconnecting the 12V battery terminal, turn off the ACC
power before disconnecting the 12V battery terminal, observing
“How to disconnect 12V battery terminal” described below.
NOTE:
Some ECUs operate for a certain fixed time even after ignition
switch is turned OFF and ignition power supply is stopped. If the
battery terminal is disconnected before ECU stops, accidental DTC
detection or ECU data damage may occur.
• For vehicles with the 2-batteries, be sure to connect the main bat-
tery and the sub battery before turning ON the ignition switch.
NOTE:
SEF289H
If the ignition switch is turned ON with any one of the terminals of
main battery and sub battery disconnected, then DTC may be detected.
• After installing the 12V battery, always check "Self Diagnosis Result" of all ECUs and erase DTC.
NOTE:
The removal of 12V battery may cause a DTC detection error.
HOW TO DISCONNECT 12V BATTERY TERMINAL
Disconnect 12V battery terminal according to Instruction 1 or Instruction 2 described below.
For vehicles parked by ignition switch OFF, refer to Instruction 2.
INSTRUCTION 1
1. Open the hood.
2. Turn key switch to the OFF position with the driver side door opened.
3. Get out of the vehicle and close the driver side door.
4. Wait at least 3 minutes. For vehicle with the engine listed below, remove the battery terminal after a lapse
of the specified time.
D4D engine : 20 minutes

HRA2DDT : 12 minutes
K9K engine : 4 minutes
M9R engine : 4 minutes
R9M engine : 4 minutes
V9X engine : 4 minutes
CAUTION:
While waiting, never operate the vehicle such as locking, opening, and closing doors. Violation of
this caution results in the activation of ACC power supply according to the Auto ACC function.
5. Remove 12V battery terminal.
CAUTION:
After installing 12V battery, always check self-diagnosis results of all ECUs and erase DTC.
INSTRUCTION 2 (FOR VEHICLES PARKED BY IGNITION SWITCH OFF)
1. Unlock the door with intelligent key or remote keyless entry.
NOTE:
At this moment, ACC power is supplied.
2. Open the driver side door.
3. Open the hood.
4. Close the driver side door.
5. Wait at least 3 minutes.
CAUTION:
While waiting, never operate the vehicle such as locking, opening, and closing doors. Violation of
this caution results in the activation of ACC power supply according to the Auto ACC function.
6. Remove 12V battery terminal.
CAUTION:
After installing 12V battery, always check self-diagnosis results of all ECUs and erase DTC.
ECM-8
PRECAUTIONS
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and CVT INFOID:0000000010702780
A
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION: ECM
• Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any repair
or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will
cause the MIL to light up.
• Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will C
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
• Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-lock- D
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-5, "Harness Connec-
tor".
• Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with
a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit. E
• Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the EVAP system or fuel injection system,
etc. F
• Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.
General Precautions INFOID:0000000010702781 G
• Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.

• Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is H
running.
• Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con-
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative bat-
tery cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because I
battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is
turned OFF.
• Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then dis- J
connect battery ground cable.
SEF289H
K
• Do not disassemble ECM.
• If a battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to
the ECM value. L
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial value.
Engine operation can vary slightly when the terminal is dis-
connected. However, this is not an indication of a malfunc-
tion. Do not replace parts because of a slight variation. M
• If the battery is disconnected, the following emission-related
diagnostic information will be lost within 24 hours.
- Diagnostic trouble codes N
- 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
JPBIA4618ZZ
- Freeze frame data
- 1st trip freeze frame data
- System readiness test (SRT) codes O
- Test values
ECM-9
PRECAUTIONS
• When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or
from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin
terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
• Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) volt-
age to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in dam-
age to ICs.
• Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in) away
from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system mal-
PBIB0090E
functions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation
of ICs, etc.
• Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.
• Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Reference
Value inspection and make sure ECM functions properly.
Refer to ECM-73, "Reference Value".
• Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage.
• Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent.
• Do not disassemble electric throttle control actuator.
• Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause serious
incidents.
• Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE),
crankshaft position sensor (POS).
MEF040D
• After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC

CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function
Check. The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confir-
mation Procedure if the repair is completed. The Component
Function Check should be a good result if the repair is com-
pleted.
SAT652J
ECM-10
PRECAUTIONS
• When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow
the two tester probes to contact. A
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
damage the ECM power transistor.
ECM
G
SEF348N
• Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines. H

• Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque.
• Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting. I

• Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unnecessar-
ily.
• Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.
J
SEF709Y
L
• When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure to

observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic M
control systems depending on installation location.
- Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic con-
trol units.
- Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away N
from the harness of electronic controls.
Do not let them run parallel for a long distance.
- Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-wave O
ratio can be kept smaller.
- Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.
SEF708Y
ECM-11
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [MR20DD]
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools INFOID:0000000010702782
NOTE:
The actual shapes of the tools may differ from those illustrated here.
Tool number
(SPX-North America
Description
No.)
Tool name
Measures fuel pressure
KV10120000
Fuel tube adapter
JSBIA0410ZZ
Commercial Service Tools INFOID:0000000010702783
Tool name
(SPX-North America Description
No.)
Fuel pressure gauge Measuring fuel pressure
ZZA0061D
Fuel filler cap adapter Checks fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening
i.e.: (MLR-8382) pressure
S-NT815
Socket wrench Removes and installs engine coolant temperature

sensor
S-NT705
ECM-12
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [MR20DD]
Tool name
(SPX-North America Description A
No.)
Oxygen sensor thread Reconditions the exhaust system threads before
cleaner installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with anti- ECM
i.e.: (J-43897-18) seize lubricant shown below.
(J-43897-12) a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm for Zirco-
nia Oxygen Sensor
b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for Tita- C
nia Oxygen Sensor
AEM488
Anti-seize lubricant Lubricates oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool D

i.e.: (PermatexTM when reconditioning exhaust system threads.
133AR or equivalent
meeting MIL specifica- E
tion MIL-A-907)
S-NT779
F
ECM-13
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [MR20DD]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT PARTS
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000010702784
NOTE:
This figure shows RHD models. LHD models are mirror image of this figure.
ENGINE ROOM COMPARTMENT
JSBIA4530ZZ
No. Component Function

IPDM E/R control the internal relays and the actuators. And
when CAN communication with ECM is impossible, IPDM E/
R performs fail-safe control.
• PCS-7, "RELAY CONTROL SYSTEM : System Descrip-
1. IPDM E/R
tion"
• PCS-8, "RELAY CONTROL SYSTEM : Fail-safe"
• PCS-11, "POWER CONTROL SYSTEM : System Descrip-
tion"
Mass air flow sensor ECM-21, "Mass Air Flow Sensor (With Intake Air Tempera-
2.
(with intake air temperature sensor) ture Sensor)"
Electric throttle control actuator
3. (with built in throttle position sensor and throttle control mo- ECM-18, "Electric Throttle Control Actuator"
tor)
ECM-27, "EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid
4. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
Valve"
5. Intake manifold runner control valve ECM-24, "Intake Manifold Runner Control Valve"
6. ECM ECM-18, "ECM"
7. Barometric pressure sensor ECM-25, "Barometric Pressure Sensor"
ENIGNE COMPARTMENT
ECM-14
COMPONENT PARTS
ECM
L
JSBIA4503ZZ
Cylinder block left side Cylinder head front side M

(Vehicle front side) (Vehicle right side)
: Vehicle front
N
1. Ignition coil ECM-19, "Ignition Coil With Power Transistor"
O
2. PCV valve ECM-29, "Positive Crankcase Ventilation"
3. Engine oil pressure sensor ECM-26, "Engine Oil Pressure Sensor"
4. Engine oil temperature sensor ECM-26, "Engine Oil Temperature Sensor" P
5. Camshaft position sensor ECM-23, "Camshaft Position Sensor"
6. Engine coolant temperature sensor ECM-22, "Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor"
7. Exhaust valve timing control position sensor ECM-23, "Exhaust Valve Timing Control Position Sensor"
8. High pressure fuel pump ECM-20, "High Pressure Fuel Pump"
9. Fuel injector ECM-20, "Fuel Injector"
ECM-15
COMPONENT PARTS
10. Fuel rail pressure sensor ECM-21, "Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor"
11. Knock sensor ECM-25, "Knock Sensor"
12. Crankshaft position sensor ECM-23, "Crankshaft Position Sensor"
13. Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve ECM-24, "Exhaust Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve"
14. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve ECM-23, "Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve"
EXHAUST COMPARTMENT
JSBIA4504ZZ

1. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 ECM-24, "Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1"
2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 ECM-25, "Heated Oxygen Sensor 2"
BODY COMPARTMENT
ECM-16
COMPONENT PARTS
ECM
JSBIA5103ZZ
K
Radiator assembly Front right side of engine room area Periphery of pedals
Vehicle front
L
No. Component Function M

1. Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM-27, "Refrigerant Pressure Sensor"
2. Fuel pump ECM-21, "Low Pressure Fuel Pump"
3. ASCD steering switch ECM-28, "ASCD Steering Switch" N
ECM-62, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indica-
4. Combination meter MIL
tor Lamp (MIL)"
5. Cooling fan register ECM-26, "Cooling Fan Resistor"
O
6. Cooling fan motor ECM-26, "Cooling Fan"

ECM-27, "EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid P
7. EVAP canister
Valve"
8. Clutch interlock switch (M/T models) ECM-27, "Clutch Interlock Switch"
9. Clutch pedal position switch (M/T models) ECM-27, "Clutch Pedal Position Switch"
10. Accelerator pedal position sensor ECM-18, "Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor"
11. Stop lamp switch ECM-27, "Stop Lamp Switch and Brake pedal position
12. Brake pedal position switch switch"
ECM-17
COMPONENT PARTS
ECM INFOID:0000000010702785
The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal

input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.
JPBIA4618ZZ
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor INFOID:0000000010702786
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera-
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
JPBIA4615ZZ
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors

are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The
ECM uses this signal for the engine operation such as fuel cut.
PBIB1741E
Electric Throttle Control Actuator INFOID:0000000010702787
Description
ECM-18
COMPONENT PARTS
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle body, throttle valve, throttle control motor and throttle posi-
tion sensor. A
ECM
JSBIA0270GB
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY F

Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle
control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends
an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition G
switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not
provided to the ECM.
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR H
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a I
kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into
output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition,
these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle J
valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the
current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the
ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve
K
opening angle properly in response to driving condition.
L
PBIB0145E
Ignition Coil With Power Transistor INFOID:0000000010702788
M
Ignition coil with power transistor
The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the
power transistor. The power transistor turns ON and OFF the ignition N
coil primary circuit. This ON/OFF operation induces the proper high
voltage in the coil secondary circuit.
O
JPBIA4613ZZ
ECM-19
COMPONENT PARTS
Fuel Injector INFOID:0000000010702789
For the fuel injector, a high pressure fuel injector is used and this
enables a high-pressure fuel injection at a high voltage within a short
time. The ECM is equipped with an injector driver unit and actuates
the fuel injector at a high voltage (approximately 65 V at the maxi-
mum).
JPBIA4982ZZ
High Pressure Fuel Pump INFOID:0000000010702790
• Balanced flow volume control type single cylinder high pressure fuel pump, which approximately equalize
the amount of injection and pump output, is adopted.
• The high pressure fuel pump is activated by the exhaust camshaft. ECM controls the high pressure fuel
pump control solenoid valve built into the high pressure fuel pump and adjusts the amount of discharge by
changing the suction timing of the low pressure fuel.
- Inflow process: Cam driven lowering plunger let the fuel from low pressure fuel pump induced into high pres-
sure fuel pump.
- Spill process: Although the cam driven plunger start moving upward, inflow check valve still at open position
due to the control solenoid valve, so the fuel is not pressurized and spilled out to low pressure fuel pump
side. By changing the amount of this spill out volume changes the amount of injection.
- Outflow process: When the control solenoid valve turns ON, the inflow check valve is closed, fuel is pressur-
ized and when the pressure exceeds certain point discharge check valve is pushed open to discharge fuel
into fuel rail.
Operating Description
JSBIA0285GB
ECM-20
COMPONENT PARTS
Operating Chart
A
ECM
JSBIA0286GB F
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000010702791
The fuel rail pressure (FRP) sensor is placed to the fuel rail and G
measures fuel pressure in the fuel rail. The sensor transmits voltage-
signal to the ECM. As the pressure increases, the voltage rises. The
ECM controls the fuel pressure in the fuel rail by operating high pres- H
sure fuel pump. The ECM uses the signal from fuel rail pressure sen-
sor as a feedback signal.
JSBIA0291ZZ
J
Low Pressure Fuel Pump INFOID:0000000010702792
The low pressure fuel pump is integrated with a fuel pressure K

regulator and a fuel filter. This pump is build into the fuel tank.
N
JSBIA4496ZZ
Mass Air Flow Sensor (With Intake Air Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000010702793
O
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
ECM-21
COMPONENT PARTS
The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire
intake flow. The MAF sensor controls the temperature of the heater
in sensing element to a certain amount. The temperature distribution
around the heater changes according to the increase in intake air
volume. The change is detected by a thermistor and the air volume
data is sent to ECM by the MAF sensor.
PBIA9559J
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

The intake air temperature sensor is built-into mass air flow sensor. The sensor detects intake air temperature
and transmits a signal to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature.
<Reference data>
Intake air temperature

[°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)
25 (77) 3.3 1.80 - 2.20

80 (176) 1.2 0.28 - 0.36
*: These data are reference values on the diagnosis tool.
SEF012P
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000010702794
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine

coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the ther-
mistor decreases as temperature increases.
JPBIA5280ZZ
<Reference data>
Engine coolant tem-

perature Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)
[°C (°F)]
−10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.37 - 2.63
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
SEF012P
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals.
ECM-22
COMPONENT PARTS
Crankshaft Position Sensor INFOID:0000000010702795
A
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the Cylinder
block rear end. It detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. When the ECM
engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap
with the sensor to change. The changing gap causes the magnetic
field near the sensor to change. Due to the changing magnetic field,
the voltage from the sensor changes. The ECM receives the voltage C
signal and detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution.
D
JMBIA0062ZZ
Camshaft Position Sensor INFOID:0000000010702796

E
The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the retraction of
intake camshaft to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft posi-
tion sensor (PHASE) senses the piston position. F
When the crankshaft position sensor (POS) system becomes inoper-
ative, the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) provides various con-
trols of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification
signals. The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. G
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause
the gap with the sensor to change. The changing gap causes the
magnetic field near the sensor to change. Due to the changing mag- H
netic field, the voltage from the sensor changes.
JMBIA0064ZZ
Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000010702797

I
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF
pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM.
The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil J
amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit
or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width advances valve angle. K
The shorter pulse width retards valve angle.
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve
stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control
position. L
JPBIA5281ZZ
Exhaust Valve Timing Control Position Sensor INFOID:0000000010702798 M
Exhaust valve timing control position sensor detects the protrusion of

the signal plate installed to the exhaust camshaft rear end.
This sensor signal is used for sensing a position of the exhaust cam- N
shaft.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause O
the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change.
P
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes.
JMBIA0064ZZ
ECM-23
COMPONENT PARTS
Exhaust Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000010702799
Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF

pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM.
The exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil
amount and direction of flow through exhaust valve timing control
unit or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width retards valve angle.
The shorter pulse width advances valve angle.
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve
stops oil pressure flow to fix the exhaust valve angle at the control
position.
JPBIA5281ZZ
Intake Manifold Runner Control Valve INFOID:0000000010702800
Intake manifold runner control valve is consist of intake manifold run-

ner control valve to open/close the right/left half section installed at
each port of intake manifold runner control valve motor to drive open/
close the valve.
ECM transmits the open/close signal to intake manifold runner con-
trol valve motor according to the driving condition based on the sig-
nals of engine speed, coolant temperature etc. ECM stabilizes
combustion by causing strong swirl flow (revolving flow) by closing
the intake manifold runner control valve.
JPBIA5277ZZ
Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 INFOID:0000000010702801
Description
The A/F sensor 1 is mounted on the exhaust manifold, and transmits
the signal of detected oxygen concentration in the exhaust gas to
ECM.
While O2 sensor changes output voltage by ON/OFF (rich/lean)
mode within a narrow range of the stoichiometric ratio, the A/F sen-
sor changes output voltage between 0 - 4 V for a wide range of air
fuel ratio.
ECM judges the state of air fuel ratio with this signal, and precisely
controls air fuel ratio to match the stoichiometric ratio.Also, the sen-
sor is equiped with heater for maintaining the activated state.
JPBIA4038GB
PBIB3354E
A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER

A/F sensor 1 heater is integrated in the sensor.
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the A/F sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine operating
condition to keep the temperature of A/F sensor 1 element within the specified range.
ECM-24
COMPONENT PARTS
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 INFOID:0000000010702802
A
DESCRIPTION
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),
monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas. ECM
Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
are shifted, the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the sig-
nal from the heated oxygen sensor 2. C
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt-
age from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner con-
ditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for D
engine control operation.
SEF288D
E
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater is integrated in the sensor.
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed,
amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature. F
Operation
G
Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Above 3,200 rpm OFF
Below 3,200 rpm after the following conditions are met. H
• Engine: After warming up
ON
• Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
at idle for 1 minute under no load
I
Barometric Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000010702803
The barometric pressure sensor is attached to the battery tray 2.

It detects barometric pressure and sends the voltage signal to the J
ECM. The sensor uses a silicon diaphragm which is sensitive to the
change in pressure. As the pressure increases, the voltage rises.
K
JSBIA4556ZZ
M
Knock Sensor INFOID:0000000010702804
The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine N

knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration from
the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is
converted into a voltage signal and sent to the ECM.
O
JSBIA0284ZZ
ECM-25
COMPONENT PARTS
Engine Oil Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000010702805
The engine oil pressure (EOP) sensor is detects engine oil pressure
and transmits a voltage signal to the ECM.
JSBIA0292ZZ
Engine Oil Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000010702806
The engine oil temperature sensor is used to detect the engine oil
temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM.
The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine oil tempera-
ture input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases.
JPBIA5280ZZ
<Reference data>
Engine oil temperature

[°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)
–10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4

20 (68) 3.5 2.37 - 2.63
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
110 (230) 0.6 0.143 - 0.153
SEF012P
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals.
Cooling Fan INFOID:0000000010702807
The ECM controls the cooling fan speed corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, and
cooling fan request signal from A/C auto amp. The cooling fan is consisted of cooling fan motor, which drives
cooling fan, and cooling fan relay which energizes cooling fan motor.
Cooling Fan Resistor INFOID:0000000010714660
Cooling Fan Resister is installed to the power circuit of Cooling Fan Motor and switches cooling fan speed
between LOW and HIGH.
When Cooling Fan Motor is rotated at LOW speeds, power is supplied to the cooling fan via Cooling Fan
Resistor.
ECM-26
COMPONENT PARTS
EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000010702808
A
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canis-
ter. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is ECM
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
D
JSBIA0651ZZ
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000010702809

E
The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the liquid tank of the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an
electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The voltage signal is sent
to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system. F
I
JSBIA5008GB
Stop Lamp Switch and Brake pedal position switch INFOID:0000000010702810
J
Stop lamp switch and brake pedal position switch are installed to brake pedal bracket.
ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by those two types of input (ON/OFF signal).
Brake pedal Brake pedal position switch Stop lamp switch

K
Released ON OFF
Depressed OFF ON L
Clutch Pedal Position Switch INFOID:0000000010702811
Clutch pedal position switch are installed to clutch pedal bracket. M

ECM detects the state of the clutch pedal by those two types of input signal (ON/OFF).
Clutch pedal Clutch pedal position switch N

Released ON
Depressed OFF
O
Clutch Interlock Switch INFOID:0000000010713262
When the clutch pedal is depressed, the clutch interlock switch turns ON and the clutch interlock switch signal P
is sent to the ECM. The ECM judges the clutch pedal conditions via the signal (ON or OFF).
Clutch pedal Clutch interlock switch

Released OFF
Depressed ON
ECM-27
COMPONENT PARTS
ASCD Steering Switch INFOID:0000000010702812
ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation
of switch, and determines which button is operated.
ECM-28
STRUCTURE AND OPERATION
STRUCTURE AND OPERATION
A
Positive Crankcase Ventilation INFOID:0000000010702814
ECM
PBIB2962E
This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold.The positive G

crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase
blow-by gas to the intakemanifold.
During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold
sucks the blow-by gas through the PCV valve. H
Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by
and a small amount of ventilating air.The ventilating air is drawn from
the air inlet tubes into the crankcase. In this process the air passes I
throughthe hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover. Under
full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the
blow-by flow through the valve.The flow goes through the hose con-
nection in the reverse direction.
PBIB1588E J
ECM-29
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010702815
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA5005GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM-30
SYSTEM
• The adopted system enables comprehensive engine control. ECM (engine control module) performs various
controls such as fuel injection control, ignition timing control, idling engine speed control, EVAP purge con- A
trol and etc., and this system communicates with control unit such as CVT, ABS, etc. via CAN communica-
tion line.
• The adopted diagnostic system corresponding to OBD (on board diagnostic) system enables various func-
ECM
tion check and easily malfunction diagnosis in the engine control system.
Function Reference
C
ECM-35, "DIG (DIRECT INJECTION GASOLINE) SYSTEM :
Fuel injection control
System Description"
ECM-38, "FUEL PRESSURE CONTROL : System Descrip-
Fuel pressure control D
tion"
ECM-39, "ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System Descrip-
Electric ignition control
tion"
Idling control ECM-40, "IDLE SPEED CONTROL : System Description" E
Cooling fan control ECM-41, "COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description"
ECM-42, "INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System De-
Intake valve timing control
scription"
F
ECM-43, "EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System

Exhaust valve timing control
Description"
G
ECM-45, "INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CONTROL : Sys-
Intake manifold runner control valve control
tem Description"
ECM-46, "ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW EN-
Engine protection control (Low engine oil pressure)
GINE OIL PRESSURE : System Description"
H
ECM-47, "AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System De-
Air conditioning cut control
scription"
I
ECM-48, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
ASCD (Automatic speed control device)
: System Description"
ECO mode control ECM-50, "ECO MODE SYSTEM : System Description"
J
ECM-50, "INTEGRATED CONTROL OF ENGINE, CVT, AND
Engine/CVT/ABS total control
ABS : System Description"
ECM-51, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System De-
EVAP purge control K
scription"
ECM-51, "POWER GENERATION VOLTAGE VARIABLE
Power generation voltage variable control
CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description"
L
Fail-safe function ECM-87, "Fail-safe"
On board diagnostic (OBD) system ECM-55, "Diagnosis Description"
M
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Fail-safe INFOID:0000000010702816
NON DTC RELATED ITEM

N
Detected Engine operating condition in
Remarks
items fail-safe mode
Malfunction Engine speed will not rise more When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by O
indicator lamp than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel lighting up MIL when there is malfunction on engine control system.
circuit cut Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are
continuously detected as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control
P
system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by means of operating fail safe func-
tion.
The fail safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are
detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction.
DTC RELATED ITEM

Description
ECM-31
SYSTEM
When a DTC is detected, ECM executes a mode (in the Fail-safe mode) applicable to the DTC. The fail-safe
mode has the preset traveling control mode (accelerator angle variation and engine output limit), device fix
mode and combustion control mode.
Fail safe mode Vehicle behavior

ECM controls the accelerator pedal depression speed to make it slower than actual speed. This
Accelerator an-
causes a drop in accelerating performance and encourages the driver to repair malfunction.
gle variation
Traveling con- NOTE:
control
trol mode ECM does not control the accelerator pedal releasing speed.
Engine output ECM reduces the engine output, according to the rise in engine speed. This reduces the vehicle
control speed to encourage the driver to repair malfunction.
• This mode fixes the IVT control solenoid valve and the EVT control solenoid valve in the refer-
ence position.
Device fix mode
• The intake manifold runner control valve motor is turned OFF (intake manifold runner control
valve opens).
Stratified charge
combustion
No stratified charge combustion at starting (cold start).
control at start-
ing
Idle speed con-
Stops feedback control of idle speed and controls with specified speed.
trol
Recovery speed
Combustion control at decel- Stops recovery speed control by the fuel cut at decelerating and controls with specified speed.
control mode erating
Idle neutral con-
Stops idle neutral control.
trol
Ignition timing
correction con- Partially controls ignition timing control.
trol
Retardation
Controls ignition timing delay control in the intermediate water temperature range.
control
Fail Safe Pattern
Pattern Fail safe mode

A Accelerator angle variation control
Traveling control mode
B Engine output control
C Device fix mode
D Stratified charge combustion control at starting
• Idle speed control
E • Recovery speed control at decelerating
Combustion control mode
• Idle neutral control
• Ignition timing correction control
F
• Retardation control
Fail Safe List

×:Applicable —: Not applicable
Vehicle behavior
DTC No. Detected items Pattern
Others
A B C D E F
P0011 Intake valve timing control — — × — — — —
P0014 Exhaust valve timing control — — × — — — —
Intake valve timing control sole-
P0075 — — × — — — —
noid valve
Exhaust valve timing control so-
P0078 — — × — — — —
lenoid valve
ECM-32
SYSTEM
Vehicle behavior
A
Others
A B C D E F
P0087 ECM
P0088 FRP control system × — — × — — —
P0090
P0102
Mass air flow sensor circuit × × × × × × — C
P0103
P0117 Engine coolant temperature Engine speed will not rise more than
— — — × × —
P0118 sensor circuit 1,800rpm due to the fuel cut.
D
P0122 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle con-
P0123 trol actuator in regulating the throttle open-
P0222 ing in order for the idle position to be within
P0223 +10 degrees. E
P2135 The ECM regulates the opening speed of
the throttle valve to be slower than the nor-
mal condition. So, the acceleration will be
— — — — — —
poor. F
NOTE:
If throttle position sensor 1 and 2 malfunc-
tion at the same time conducts following
control. G
• ECM stops the electric throttle control ac-
tuator control, throttle valve is maintained
at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by
the return spring.
H
P0171
Fuel injection system × — — × × — —
P0172
I
P0190 FRP sensor × — — × × — —
P0197 Engine oil temperature sensor Intake and exhaust valve timing control
— — — — — —
P0198 does not function.
J
P0201
P0202
Injector × — — × — — —
P0203
P0204 K
P0300 Misfire × — — × × — —
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor — — × — — — —
L
P0340 Camshaft position sensor — — × — — — —
Exhaust valve timing control po-
P0365 — — × — — — —
sition sensor
M
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor × — — × × — —
P0524 Engine oil pressure • ECM illuminates engine oil pressure
warning lamp on the combination meter.
• Engine speed will not rise more than
N
— — — — — —
4,000rpm due to the fuel cut.
• Fail-safe is canceled when ignition switch
OFF → ON. O
P0603
× × — — — — —
P0607
(Computing part of ECM does not operate P
normally.)
P0604
ECM stops the electric throttle control actu-
P0605 — — — — — —
ECM ator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P0606
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the re-
turn spring.
NOTE:
P062B × — — × — — Fail-safe mode may not start depending on
malfunction type of ECM.
ECM-33
SYSTEM
Vehicle behavior
Others
A B C D E F
P0643 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actu-
ator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
— — — — — —
turn spring.
P1197 Out of gas — — — — — — Engine torque is limited.
Engine speed will not rise more than
P1217 Engine over temperature — — — — — —
P1805 Brake switch ECM controls the electric throttle control ac-
tuator by regulating the throttle opening to a
small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
— — — — — — Vehicle condition Driving condition
When engine is
Normal
idling
When accelerating Poor acceleration
Intake manifold runner control
P2008 × × × × × × —
valve
P2100 Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actu-
P2103 ator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
— — — — — —
turn spring.
P2101 Electric throttle control function ECM stops the electric throttle control actu-
— — — — — —
turn spring.
P2118 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actu-
— — — — — —
turn spring.
turn spring.
NOTE:
P2119 Electric throttle control actuator × × — — — —
For pattern A and B refer to A and B of
P2119 DTC detection logic. (Refer to ECM-
355, "DTC Description".)
For C of P2119 DTC detection logic ECM
behaves as above.
P2122 Accelerator pedal position sen- The ECM controls the electric throttle con-
P2123 sor trol actuator in regulating the throttle open-
P2128 +10 degrees.
mal condition. Therefore, the acceleration
will be poor.
— — — — — —
NOTE:
If accelerator pedal position sensor 1 and 2
malfunction at the same time conducts fol-
lowing control.
the return spring.
DIG (DIRECT INJECTION GASOLINE) SYSTEM

ECM-34
SYSTEM
DIG (DIRECT INJECTION GASOLINE) SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010702818
A
System Diagram
ECM
JSBIA5016GB
*1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions. L
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The adoption of the direct fuel injection system [DIG (Direct Injection Gasoline)] enables more accurate adjust- M
ment of fuel injection quantity by injecting atomized high-pressure fuel directly into the cylinder. This method
allows high-powered engine, high torque, low fuel consumption, quietness, and emissions-reduction.
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the N
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air and fuel rail pressure) from the crankshaft position sensor,
camshaft position sensor, mass air flow sensor and the fuel rail pressure sensor. O
FUEL INJECTION CONTROL
Injection Pattern
P
ECM conducts sequential injection (1 injection per 2 rotations of engine to each cylinder, suitable injection
according to each cylinder's ignition order).
Injection when starting the engine
When starting the engine, ECM determines the amount of fuel injected according to conditions such as engine
coolant temperature to make the starting smoother.
Also, conducts the starting control with stratified-charge combustion according to conditions.
Injection when driving normally
ECM-35
SYSTEM
Normally, ECM determines the amount of injection to be an optimum air-fuel mixture ratio for homogeneous
combustion.
Cut-in injection when acceleration
When accelerating, according to the opening speed of throttle valve, ECM conducts a cut-in injection adding to
normal injection and improves accelerating performance.
DIRECT FUEL INJECTION CONTROL
Homogeneous Combustion
Homogeneous combustion is a combustion method that fuel is
injected during intake process so that combustion occurs in the
entire combustion chamber, as is common with conventional meth-
ods. As for a start except for starts with the engine cold, homoge-
neous combustion occurs.
JSBIA5017GB
Stratified-charge Combustion
Stratified-charge combustion is a combustion method which enables
extremely lean combustion by injecting fuel in the latter half of a
compression process, collecting combustible air-fuel around the
spark plug, and forming fuel-free airspace around the mixture. Right
after a start with the engine cold, the catalyst warm-up is accelerated
by stratified-charge combustion.
JSBIA5019GB
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION

The amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operating condi-
tions as listed below.
<Fuel increase>
• During warm-up
• When starting the engine
• During acceleration
• Hot-engine operation
• When selector lever position is changed from N to D (CVT models)
• High-load, high-speed operation
<Fuel decrease>
• During deceleration
• During high engine speed operation
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)
PBIB2793E
ECM-36
SYSTEM
The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control.
The three way catalyst (manifold) can better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses A/F sen- A
sor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM adjusts thein-
jection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. And the correcting factor to control the pulse width
is displayed as “A/F CORRECTION”, or “S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%]”. For more information about A/F sensor 1,
ECM
refer to ECM-24, "Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1". This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichio-
metric (ideal air-fuel mixture). This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching
characteristics of A/F sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from heated C
oxygen sensor 2.
Open Loop Control
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback D
control stops (clamp) in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
• Deceleration and acceleration
• High-load, high-speed operation E
• Malfunction of A/F sensor 1 or its circuit
• Insufficient activation of A/F sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
• High engine coolant temperature
• During warm-up F
• After shifting from N to D (CVT models)
• When starting the engine
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL G
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from heated oxygen
sensor 1. This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to
the theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as orig- H
inally designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic
changes during operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system.This is
I
then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between
the two ratios.
“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim-
includes short term fuel trim and long term fuel trim. J
“Short term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from heated oxygen sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared
to the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and anin- K
crease in fuel volume if it is lean.
“Long term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation
of the short term fuel trim from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differ-
ences,wear over time and changes in the usage environment. L
FUEL INJECTION TIMING

Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle accord-
M
ing to the ignition order.
JPBIA4704GB
P
STRATIFIED-CHARGE START CONTROL
The use of the stratified-charge combustion method enables emissions-reduction when starting with the
engine cold.
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel shut-off during deceleration
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration for restraint of HC and improvement of fuel efficiency.
ECM-37
SYSTEM
Engine speed at which fuel shut-off and recovery is conducted are programmed in detail according to various
factors such as idle judgment, vehicle speed, gear position, engine coolant temperature etc. for optimizing
emission and mileage performance.Also, no fuel shut-off is applied at extreme deceleration.
Fuel shut-off when the engine speed is excessively high
ECM shuts off fuel for all cylinders at the engine speed over 6,500 rpm, and recovers under 6,200 rpm.
Fuel shut-off when the engine speed is excessively high with no load
ECM shuts off fuel for all cylinders at the engine speed is high, and the vehicle speed is 0 km/h with N or P
gear position for more than certain duration.
Fuel shut-off when the engine is over heating
ECM judges as the engine is over heating and conducts fuel shut-off when the output voltage of engine cool-
ant temperature sensor exceeds the over heating judgment voltage for certain duration.
Also, malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) illuminates when the engine is judged as over heating.
And, once the engine over heating judgment is made, malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) remains ON even the
engine coolant temperature becomes low (returns to normal), then fuel will be shut off at 2,000 rpm.
Fuel shut-off will be deactivated when the ignition key is turned OFF once, but malfunction indicator lamp
(MIL) remains ON. The deactivation of malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) can be done by clearing self diagnosis
results.
CAUTION:
Erase self diagnosis results only after the investigation of the engine over heating cause.
Fuel shut-off when N → D position is selected (CVT models)
Fuel shut-off is conducted when the engine speed is high and N → D position is selected.
Fuel shut-off when the engine stalls consecutively (CVT models)
To protect CVT, ECM conducts fuel shut-off when the engine speed is high despite the vehicle speed is exces-
sively slow for more than several minutes with gear position except N or P. This control is not conducted when
the malfunction of vehicle speed signal exists.
Fuel shut-off when malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) system is not working
ECM warns driver by conducting fuel shut-off when the request to illuminate malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)
due to some of the self diagnosis relating electric throttle system or ECM continuously exist for more than 5
trips. ECM shuts off fuel at approx. 2,500 rpm and recovers at approx. 2,000 rpm.
Fuel shut-off when the throttle stuck to closed position
ECM conducts fuel shut-off when the electric throttle is stuck to its closed position.
But, for the sake of heating capability, ECM allows the engine start at N or P gear position with limited engine
speed.
FUEL PRESSURE CONTROL
FUEL PRESSURE CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000010702819
System Diagram
JPBIA4920GB
ECM-38
SYSTEM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A
ECM
JPBIA4706GB F
Low fuel pressure control
• The low fuel pressure pump is controlled by ECM and pumps fuel according to a driving condition. The
pumped fuel passes through the fuel filter and is sent to the high pressure fuel pump. G
• Low fuel pressure is adjusted by the fuel pressure regulator.
High fuel pressure control
• The high pressure fuel pump is actuated by the cam of camshaft (EXH). H
• The high pressure fuel pump activates the high pressure fuel pump solenoid based on a signal received
from ECM, and adjusts the amount of discharge by changing the timing of closing the inlet checkvalve to
control fuel rail pressure. I
For details about operation, refer to ECM-20, "High Pressure Fuel Pump".
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM
J
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010702820
System Diagram
K
JPBIA4883GB
P
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Ignition order: 1 - 3 - 4 - 2
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-fuel ratio for every running condition of the
engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM. The ECM receives information such as the injection
pulse width and camshaft position sensor signal. Computing this information, ignition signals are transmitted
to the power transistor.
ECM-39
SYSTEM
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the ECM according to the other data stored in
the ECM.
• At starting
• During warm-up
• At idle
• At low battery voltage
• During acceleration
The basic ignition timing is programmed within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry
conditions. The knock sensor feedback control does not operate under normal driving conditions. If engine
knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition. The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM
retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
BASIC CONTROL
• When starting, ECM controls ignition timing according to the engine speed and coolant temperature.
• After the engine is started, ECM corrects the ignition timing according to the driving conditions (engine cool-
ant temperature, accelerator pedal position, throttle position, control request from CVT etc.) based on the
engine speed and fuel injection pulse width.
• If knocking occurs, ECM retards the ignition timing within the anti-knocking control zone according to the
knocking condition.
• When the engine is idling, ECM controls the ignition timing to stabilize idling speed.
• ECM controls the duration of power transmission (power transistor ON time) to ignition coil according to the
engine speed and battery voltage.
• When the engine idle speed or the ignition timing deviates from specified value, "Idle Air Volume Learning" is
required.
CYLINDER DISTINCTION CONTROL
ECM distinguishes cylinder based on the combination of signals of crankshaft position sensor, camshaft posi-
tion sensor and the exhaust valve timing control position sensor, and if any of sensor malfunctons distin-
guishes cylinder with normal sensors.
Abnormal point Sensor to use for cylinder distinction

Crankshaft position sensor Camshaft position sensor
• Crankshaft position sensor
Camshaft position sensor
• Exhaust valve timing control position sensor
Exhaust valve timing control position sensor
• Camshaft position sensor
IDLE SPEED CONTROL

IDLE SPEED CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000010702821
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM conducts feedback control of the engine idle speed to the target value, by controlling intake air volume
with electric throttle, according to driving conditions such as engine warm-up condition, A/C loads, electric
loads, etc.
IDLE SPEED FEEDBACK
ECM determines control target value based on the engine coolant temperature, A/C operation status, gear
position, etc., then conducts feedback control to match the target value when idle judgment is made with
reverse/neutral position switch signal ON, or when the vehicle speed is very low.
Also, adjustment of the engine idle speed is conducted by ECM's self learning (IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARN-
ING).
CORRECTION OF BATTERY VOLTAGE
When battery voltage becomes lower than specified value, ECM corrects the target value to improve battery
charging.
OTHER CORRECTIVE CONTROLS
• When some electric load (power steering load, electric load, etc.) is turned ON, ECM controls target engine
speed for each load accordingly.
• When gear position is selected (N→D, D→N), ECM controls the engine speed by optimizing throttle opening
to minimize shift shock.
ECM-40
SYSTEM
• When deceleration (accelerator pedal ON→OFF), ECM controls the engine speed by optimizing throttle
opening to minimize shift shock and exhaust gas emission. A
COOLING FAN CONTROL
COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000010702822
ECM
System Diagram
C
JSBIA5006GB
H
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM controls cooling fan speed corresponding to vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant pres-
sure, air conditioner ON signal. Then control system has 3-step control [ HIGH/LOW/OFF ]. I
Cooling Fan Operation
ECM transmits a pulse duty (PWM) signal to IPDM E/R.
IPDM E/R has threshold value to the pulse duty (PWM) signal and J
operates cooling fan motor with three phases of [HI (high-speed) /
LOW (low-speed) /OFF].
K
: Less than 30% (OFF ← low-speed)
: More than 40% (OFF → low-speed)
: Less than 50% (low-speed ← high-speed) L
: More than 60% (low-speed → high-speed)
JSBIA5007GB
M
Cooling Fan Relay Operation
The ECM controls cooling fan relays in IPDM E/R through CAN communication line.
N
Cooling fan relay
Cooling fan speed
1 2
Stop (OFF) OFF OFF O
Low (LOW) ON OFF
High (HI) ON ON
P
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
ECM-41
SYSTEM
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000010702823
System Diagram
JPBIA4760GB
System Description
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing (IVT) control sole-
noidvalve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake
valve to increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM.
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve controls the timing of intake valve opening/closing optimally by
changing duty ratio depends on the driving conditions.
JPBIA5034GB
ECM-42
SYSTEM
Status of intake valve timing so- A

Intake valve timing controller activation
lenoid valve
When starting the engine, the controller vane and sprocket are fixed in full retard position by the
Engine OFF
reaction force of return spring, improving the starting performance of the engine.
ECM
When the energization rate to the control solenoid valve is increased, the oil pressure from the oil
pump is conveyed to the advance angle chamber of the controller. And retard angle chamber oil is
drained.
Accordingly, the controller vane rotates rightward and the phase of camshaft becomes advance an- C
Active (Advanced angle)
gle.
This condition brings about the greater overlap with the exhaust valve, enabling the exhaust gas
cleaning by the internal EGR effect and the fuel consumption improvement by the reduction in
pumping loss.
D
When it is the target valve timing, the energization rate to the control solenoid valve is adjusted to
Neutral (Maintained) the intermediate state. The solenoid valve is positioned at the neutral position and the oil path is
interrupted to maintain the cam shaft phase. E
When the energization rate to the control solenoid valve is decreased, the oil pressure from the oil
pump is conveyed to the retard chamber of the controller. And advanced angle chamger oil is
Return (Retard angle)
drained. F
Accordingly, the controller vane rotates leftward and the phase of camshaft becomes retard angle.
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL FEEDBACK CONTROL

G
Cam Position Detection
The camshaft position sensor mounted at the rear of the cylinder head detects a cam position, by using the
groove on the plate located at the rear of the intake camshaft.
H
Feedback Control
The camshaft position sensor feeds back an actual cam position signal to ECM. Based on the signal, ECM
controls the intake valve timing control solenoid valve to satisfy the optimum target valve opening/closing tim-
I
ing according to a driving condition.
EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL
EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000010702824
J
System Diagram
K
O
JPBIA4761GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
P
With the exhaust valve timing controller which controls the phase of exhaust camshaft to optional position con-
tinuously, ECM improves both low-middle speed torque and high speed performance, emission and fuel effi-
ciency by optimizing the exhaust valve open/close timing according to driving conditions.
The exhaust valve timing controller is hydraulically controlled by the exhaust valve timing control solenoid
valve.
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the exhaust
valve.
ECM-43
SYSTEM
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine oil tem-
perature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve
depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the exhaust valve to
increase engine torque and output in a range of high engine speed.
EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CONTROL
The exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve is driven ON-OFF (duty control) by ECM output signal, and
controls the open/close timing of the exhaust valve to the optimum by changing its duty ratio according to the
vehicle's driving condition.
JPBIA5035GB

Exhaust valve timing controller operation
lenoid valve condition
When starting the engine, the controller vane and sprocket are fixed in full advanced position by the
Engine OFF
reaction force of return spring, improving the starting performance of the engine.
When the energization rate to the control solenoid valve is increased, the oil pressure from the oil
pump is conveyed to the retard angle chamber of the controller. And advanced angle chamber oil
is drained. Accordingly, the controller vane rotates leftward and the phase of camshaft becomes re-
Active (Retard angle)
tard angle.This condition brings about the greater overlap with the intake valve, enabling the ex-
haust gas cleaning by the internal EGR effect and the fuel consumption improvement by the
reduction in pumping loss.
When it is the target valve timing, the energization rate to the control solenoid valve is adjusted to
Neutral (Maintained) the intermediate state. The solenoid valve is positioned at the neutral position and the oil path is
interrupted to maintain the cam shaft phase.
When the energization rate to the control solenoid valve is decreased, the oil pressure from the oil
pump is conveyed to the advanced chamber of the controller. And retard angle chamber oil is
Return (Advanced angle)
drained.Accordingly, the controller vane rotates rightward and the phase of camshaft becomes ad-
vanced angle.
EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL FEEDBACK CONTROL

Cam Position Detection
ECM-44
SYSTEM
The camshaft position sensor mounted at the rear of the cylinder head detects a cam position, by using the-
groove on the plate located at the rear of the exhaust camshaft. A
Feedback Control
The camshaft position sensor feeds back an actual cam position signal to ECM. Based on the signal, ECM
controls the exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve to satisfy the optimum target valve opening/closing ECM
timing according to a driving condition.
INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CONTROL
C
INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000010702825
System Diagram D
K
JSBIA5013GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
L
The intake manifold runner control valve installed at intake manifold generates swirl flow (revolving flow) in
combustion chamber, and by that effect air-fuel mixture is homogenized so that stabilizes combustion. The
intake manifold runner control valve is driven by DC motor and controlled by ECM.
M
IDLING, LOW SPEED·SMALL LOAD RANGE
With intake manifold runner control valve closed the flowing field of
swirl flow (revolving flow) is generated by increased flow speed of
gas and improves combustion so that enables stable combustion. N
P
JSBIA1215JP
MIDDLE·HIGH SPEED RANGE
ECM-45
SYSTEM
• With intake manifold runner control valve opened the flowing field
mainly consist of tumble (vertical revolving flow) by atomizer, port
shape and shallow piston head is generated.
• Which makes more swirl remained at the latter half of compression
process so that improves combustion and enables stable combus-
tion.
JSBIA1214JP
OPERATION OF INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CONTROL VALVE

When the engine is idling or running at slow speed the vales are closed and swirl flow is generated. By closing
valves the flowing speed of gas is increased and it stabilizes combustion also improves fuel efficiency.
Valve position operating condition

Valve closed
Idling, low ·small load range
JSBIA1212JP
Valve opened
Other than above
JSBIA1213JP
ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE

ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE : System De-
scription INFOID:0000000010702826
System Diagram
JSBIA4201GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
• The engine protection control at low engine oil pressure warns the driver of a decrease in engine oil pres-
sure by the engine oil pressure warning lamp before the engine becomes damaged.
• When detecting a decrease in engine oil pressure at an engine speed less than 1,000 rpm, ECM transmits
an engine oil pressure warning lamp signal to the combination meter.The combination meter turns ON the
engine oil pressure warning lamp, according to the signal.
• When detecting a decrease in engine oil pressure at an engine speed 1,000 rpm or more, ECM transmits an
engine oil pressure warning lamp signal to the combination meter. When detecting a decrease in engine oil
pressure, ECM cuts fuel if the engine speed exceeds the specified value. Refer to ECM-87, "Fail-safe".
ECM-46
SYSTEM
Decrease in engine oil Combination meter A

Engine speed Fuel cut
pressure Engine oil pressure warning lamp
Less than 1,000 rpm ON* NO
Detection ECM
1,000 rpm or more ON YES
*: When detecting a normal engine oil pressure, ECM turns OFF the engine oil pressure warning lamp.
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL C
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000010702827
D
System Diagram
JSBIA5011GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION J
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air compressor is turned off.
• When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed (selector lever is in R position). K
• When cranking the engine.
• At high engine speeds.
• When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
• When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed. L
• When engine speed is excessively low.
• When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high.
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) M
ECM-47
SYSTEM
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description INFOID:0000000010702828
System Diagram
JPBIA4713GB
BASIC ASCD SYSTEM

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws.
• Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) allows a driver to keep vehicle at predetermined constant speed
without depressing accelerator pedal by driver′s setting of vehicle speed*.
*: Driver can set the vehicle speed between approximately 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 186 km/h (115 MPH) (for
Europe M/T models) or 177 km/h (109 MPH) (for Europe CVT models) or 144 km/h (89 MPH) (except for
Europe).
• ECM transmits a ASCD operation status signal to the combination meter and operation status of ASCD is
indicated on the information display in the combination meter. Refer to ECM-54, "AUTOMATIC SPEED
CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : Switch Name and Function".
• If any malfunction occurs in ASCD system, it automatically deactivates control.
SET OPERATION
Press MAIN switch. (The CRUISE indicator in combination meter illuminates.)
When vehicle speed reaches a desired speed between approximately 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 186 km/h (115
MPH) (for Europe M/T models) or 177 km/h (109 MPH) (for Europe CVT models) or 144 km/h (89 MPH)
(except for Europe), press SET/− switch. (Then SET indicator in combination meter illuminates.)
ACCELERATE OPERATION
If the RES/+ switch is pressed during cruise control driving, increase the vehicle speed until the switch is
released or vehicle speed reaches maximum speed controlled by the system.
And then ASCD will keep the new set speed.
CANCEL OPERATION
• When any of following conditions exist, cruise operation will be canceled.
- MAIN switch is pressed (Set speed will be cleared)
- CANCEL switch is pressed
- More than 2 switches at ASCD steering switch are pressed at the same time (Set speed will be cleared)
- Clutch pedal is depressed or gear position is changed to neutral position. (M/T models)
- Brake pedal is depressed
- Selector lever is in N, P or R range (CVT models)
- Vehicle speed decreased to 13 km/h (8 MPH) lower than the set speed
- VDC system is operated
- Actual vehicle speed decreased to approximately 30 km/h (18 MPH) or less
• When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM will cancel the cruise operation and inform
the driver by blinking ASCD indicator.
- Engine coolant temperature is excessively higher than the normal operating temperature, ASCD indicator
may blink slowly.
ECM-48
SYSTEM
(When the engine coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, ASCD indicator will
stop blinking and the cruise operation will be able to work by pressing SET/COAST switch or RESUME/ A
ACCELERATE switch.)
- Malfunction for some self-diagnoses regarding ASCD control
(When ASCD is operating, all of ASCD operations will be canceled and vehicle speed memory will be
ECM
erased.)
COAST OPERATION
When the SET/− switch is pressed during cruise control driving, decrease vehicle set speed until the switch is C
released. And then ASCD will keep the new set speed.
RESUME OPERATION
When the RES/+ switch is pressed after cancel operation other than pressing MAIN switch is performed, vehi- D
cle speed will return to last set speed. To resume vehicle set speed, vehicle condition must meet following
conditions.
• Brake pedal is released
E
• Clutch pedal is released (M/T models)
• Selector lever is in other than P and N positions (CVT models)
• Vehicle speed is greater than 40 km/h (25 MPH) and less than 186 km/h (115 MPH) (for Europe M/T models)
or 177 km/h (109 MPH) (for Europe CVT models) or 144 km/h (89 MPH) (except for Europe) F
GEAR SHIFT INDICATOR SYSTEM
GEAR SHIFT INDICATOR SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010715148
G
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
H
JSBIA5004GB
M
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The gear shift indicator is controlled by ECM and indicates recommended gear shift timing on the combination
meter. N
• Upward arrow indication (↑): Upshift recommendation
• Downward arrow indication (↓): Downshift recommendation
ECM calculates optimal gear shift timing for better fuel consumption, according to the input signal and a gear
ratio. In addition, the recommended gear shift timing is corrected, according to driver’s operation and road O
conditions. ECM transmits a gear shift indicator signal to the combination meter via CAN communication line.
The gear shift indicator is deactivated when any of the following conditions is satisfied;
• Shift lever is in neutral position. P
• Vehicle is under cruise control (ASCD function) or speed limit (speed limiter function).
• MIL (Malfunction Indicator Lamp) is indicated.
• ABS system or ESP system is operating.
ECO MODE SYSTEM
ECM-49
SYSTEM
ECO MODE SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010702829
System Diagram
JSBIA5010GB
CONTROL
ECM receives an ECO mode signal from TCM via CAN communication and improves the fuel economy by
controlling the throttle movement to less than usual.
NOTE:
For the details of the ECO mode, refer toDMS-6, "ECO MODE CONTROL : System Description".
SYSTEM DISPLAY FUNCTION
ECO Mode Indicator Lamp
When the ECM receives ECO mode signal from TCM, ECM transmits an ECO mode indicator lamp signal to
the combination meter via CAN communication, and the combination meter illuminates ECO mode indicator
located in itself.
ECO DRIVE NAVIGATOR
ECM transmits an ECO drive navigator signal calculated from the accelerator pedal position and the vehicle
speed to the combination meter via CAN communication.
When the acceleration guide is selected in ECO meter display switching function, the suitable accelerator
position for fuel economy will be displayed. For display, refer to .DMS-6, "ECO MODE CONTROL : System
Description".
INTEGRATED CONTROL OF ENGINE, CVT, AND ABS
INTEGRATED CONTROL OF ENGINE, CVT, AND ABS : System Description
INFOID:0000000010702830
Real time communications (signal exchange) among control units (e.g. ECM, CVT, ABS, and combination
meter) via CAN communication optimizes engine torque and lock-up during gear shift and prevents engine
speed from decreasing during deceleration.
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
ECM-50
SYSTEM
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010702831
A
System Diagram
ECM
JSBIA0322GB
G
System Description
L
PBIB3039E
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel-
system. M
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the N
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is O
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also
shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and idling.
POWER GENERATION VOLTAGE VARIABLE CONTROL SYSTEM P
POWER GENERATION VOLTAGE VARIABLE CONTROL SYSTEM : System De-

scription INFOID:0000000010702832
DESCRIPTION
ECM transmits a target power generation voltage signal received from IPDM E/R to the generator via LIN
communication.
ECM-51
SYSTEM
The generator includes a self-diagnosis function and transmits a diagnosis signal to ECM via LIN communica-
tion when detecting a malfunction. When ECM receives a diagnosis signal, ECM detects DTC and transmits a
charge warning lamp request signal to the combination meter to turn ON the charge warning lamp.
INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER)
INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER) : ASCD Indicator INFOID:0000000010702833
ASCD INDICATOR
For detail of ASCD function, refer to ECM-48, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System
Description".
Symbol Message
-- Km/h
JSCIA0831ZZ
INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER) : Engine Oil Pressure Warining

INFOID:0000000010702834
DESIGN/PURPOSE
When engine oil pressure is low, the engine oil pressure warning lamp informs the driver of low oil pressure to
prevent damage to the engine.
Symbol Message
Low Oil Pressure

Stop Vehicle
JPNIA1881ZZ
BULB CHECK
The bulb turns ON after turning ON the ignition switch (engine stop) and turns OFF after restarting the engine.
OPERATION AT COMBINATION METER CAN COMMUNICATION CUT-OFF OR UNUSUAL SIG-
NAL
For the operation for CAN communications blackout or abnormal signal reception, refer to ECM-87, "Fail-
safe".
ECM-52
SYSTEM
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
A
ECM
JSBIA3494GB
D
SIGNAL PATH
• ECM reads the resistance value of an engine oil pressure sensor and transmits the engine oil pressure
warning signal to combination meter via CAN communication.
• The information display (on combination meter) is SHOWN/HIDDEN the engine oil pressure warning, E
according to the engine oil pressure sensor signal received from ECM.
LIGHTING CONDITION
F
When all of the following conditions are satisfied:
• Ignition switch: ON
• Engine running G
• Engine oil pressure is less than the specified value.
SHUTOFF CONDITION
• Ignition switch: OFF H
• Engine stop
• Engine oil pressure is the specified value or more.
TIMING CHART I
JSBIA3700GB
N
t : 100 ms
CAN COMMUNICATION
O
CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description INFOID:0000000010702837
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
P
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
Refer to LAN-15, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : System Description", about CAN communication for
detail.
ECM-53
OPERATION
OPERATION
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : Switch Name and Function
INFOID:0000000010702838
SWITCHES AND INDICATORS
JSBIA4588ZZ
On the combination meter On the steering wheel

RES / + switch
ASCD indicator CANCEL switch
(RESUME/ACCELERATE)
SET / - switch
MAIN switch
(SET/COAST)
SET SPEED RANGE

ASCD system can be set the following vehicle speed.
Minimum speed (Approx.) Maximum speed (Approx.)

144 km/h (89 MPH) (except for Europe)
40 km/h (25 MPH) 177 km/h (109 MPH) (for Europe CVT models)
186 km/h (115 MPH) (for Europe M/T models)
SWITCH OPERATION
Item Function
CANCEL switch Cancels the cruise control driving.
• Resumes the set speed.
ACCEL/RES switch
• Increases speed incrementally during cruise control driving.
• Sets desired cruise speed.
COAST/SET switch
• Decreases speed incrementally during cruise control driving.
MAIN switch Master switch to activate the ASCD system.
Refer to ECM-48, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description" for ASCD operat-
ing instructions.
ECM-54
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
A
Diagnosis Description INFOID:0000000010702839
This system is an on board diagnostic system that records exhaust emission-related diagnostic information ECM
and detects a sensors/actuator-related malfunction. A malfunction is indicated by the malfunction indicator
lamp (MIL) and stored in ECU memory as a DTC. The diagnostic information can be obtained with the diag-
nostic tool (GST: Generic Scan Tool).
C
GST (Generic Scan Tool) INFOID:0000000010702840
When GST is connected with a data link connector equipped on the vehicle side, it will communicate with the
control unit equipped in the vehicle and then enable various kinds of diagnostic tests. Refer to GI-49, "CON- D
SULT Function and System Application*1".
NOTE:
Service $0A is not applied for regions where it is not mandated. E
ECM-55
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : 1st Trip Detection Logic and Two Trip Detection Logic
INFOID:0000000010702841
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MIL will not illuminate at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MIL illuminates. The MIL illuminates at the same time when the DTC is stored.
<2nd trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is per-
formed during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to illuminate or blink
the MIL, and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
MIL DTC 1st trip DTC

1st trip 2nd trip 2nd trip
Items 1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip
Illuminat- Illuminat- display-
Blinking Blinking displaying displaying displaying
ed ed ing
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst

damage) — DTC: P0300 – P0304 × — — — — — × —
is being detected
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst
damage) — DTC: P0300 – P0304 — — × — — × — —
is being detected
One trip detection diagnoses (Re-
— × — — × — — —
fer to ECM-93, "DTC Index".)
Except above — — — × — × × —
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC and Freeze Frame Data INFOID:0000000010702842
DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC

The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not recur, the 1st trip DTC
will not be displayed.
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is saved in the ECM memory. The MIL will not
light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required
driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are saved in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up. In other words,
the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consec-
utive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd
trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or light up the MIL during the
1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory.
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to ECM-93, "DTC Index". These items are
required by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/component. In addition, the items monitored
non-continuously are also displayed on CONSULT.
1st trip DTC is specified in Service $07 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without illu-
minating the MIL and therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction.
When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step 2, refer to ECM-120, "Work Flow". Then perform DTC Confir-
mation Procedure or Component Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is dupli-
cated, the item requires repair.
FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA
The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant tem-
perature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, absolute throttle position, base
fuel schedule and intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT or
GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT screen.
ECM-56
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority A
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the fol-
ECM
lowing priorities to update the data.
Priority Items
C
Freeze frame data Misfire — DTC: P0300 – P0304
1
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172
2 Except the above items
D
3 1st trip freeze frame data
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was saved in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated E
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal-
function is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze F
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem- G
ory is erased.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System INFOID:0000000010702843
H
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
• When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory. I
• When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on.
• The MIL will turn OFF after the vehicle is driven 3 times (driving pattern B) with no malfunction. The drive is
J
counted only when the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs
while counting, the counter will reset.
• The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A) with-
out the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and Fuel Injec- K
tion System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times (driving pattern
C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CON-
SULT will count the number of times the vehicle is driven. L
• The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip.
COUNTER SYSTEM CHART
M
Items Fuel Injection System Misfire Other
MIL (turns OFF) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B)
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no display) 80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A) N
1st Trip DTC (clear) 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern B)
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data (clear) *1, *2 *1, *2 1 (pattern B)
O
For details about patterns B and C under “Fuel Injection System” and “Misfire”, see “EXPLANATION FOR
DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYS-
TEM”.
For details about patterns A and B under Other, see “EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MIS- P
FIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”.
• *1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected.
• *2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.
Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality De-
terioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”
ECM-57
JMBIA1417GB
*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will turn OFF after vehicle is driv- *3: When the same malfunction is de-
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL en 3 times (pattern B) without any tected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. malfunctions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the freeze frame data will be cleared at
vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the moment OK is detected.
without the same malfunction. (The stored in ECM.
DTC and the freeze frame data still
remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de- *8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when ve-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip hicle is driven once (pattern C) with-
freeze frame data will be cleared. out the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.
Explanation for Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”
Driving Pattern B
Refer to ECM-60, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern".
ECM-58
Driving Pattern C
Refer to ECM-60, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern". A
Example:
If the stored freeze frame data is as per the following:
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F)
ECM
To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions:
Engine speed: 475 – 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 – 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than
70°C (158°F)
C
Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns Except For “Misfire <Exhaust
Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”
D
JMBIA1418GB
ECM-59
*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will turn OFF after vehicle is driv- *3: When the same malfunction is de-
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL en 3 times (pattern B) without any tected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. malfunctions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after vehi-
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the cle is driven once (pattern B) without
vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the same malfunction.
without the same malfunction. stored in ECM.
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
still remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip
freeze frame data will be cleared.
Explanation for Driving Patterns Except for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection
System”
Driving Pattern A
Driving Pattern B
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern INFOID:0000000010702844
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
DRIVING PATTERN A
Driving pattern A means a trip satisfying the following conditions.
• Engine speed reaches 400 rpm or more.
• Engine coolant temperature rises by 20°C (36°F) or more after starting the engine.
• Engine coolant temperature reaches 70°C (158°F) or more.
• The ignition switch is turned from ON to OFF.
NOTE:
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern
A.
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving
pattern A.
DRIVING PATTERN B
Driving pattern B means a trip satisfying the following conditions.
• Engine speed reaches 400 rpm or more.
• Engine coolant temperature reaches 70°C (158°F) or more.
• Vehicle speed of 70 – 120 km/h (44 – 75 MPH) is maintained for 60 seconds or more under the control of
closed loop.
• Vehicle speed of 30 – 60 km/h (19 – 37 MPH) is maintained for 10 seconds or more under the control of
closed loop.
• Under the closed loop control condition, the following state reaches 12 seconds or more in total: Vehicle
speed of 4 km/h (2 MPH) or less with idling condition.
• The state of driving at 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more reaches 10 minutes or more in total.
• A lapse of 22 minutes or more after engine start.
NOTE:
• Drive the vehicle at a constant velocity.
B.
pattern B.
DRIVING PATTERN C
Driving pattern C means operating vehicle as per the following:
The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ±375 rpm
ECM-60
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (1±0.1) [%]
Engine coolant temperature condition: A
• When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), engine coolant temperature should be lower
than 70°C (158°F).
• When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), engine coolant temperature should
ECM
be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F).
NOTE:
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of the above vehicle conditions, reset the counter of driv-
ing pattern C. C
pattern C.
• The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC is D
stored in ECM.
DRIVING PATTERN D
Driving pattern D means a trip satisfying the following conditions. E
• The state of driving at 40 km/h (25 MPH) reaches 300 seconds or more in total.
• Idle speed lasts 30 seconds or more.
• A lapse of 600 seconds or more after engine start.
NOTE: F
D.
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving G
pattern D.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness Test (SRT) Code INFOID:0000000010702845
H
System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Service $01 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5.
As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of
SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and com- I
ponents. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed.
If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use
the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT J
status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains
“CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased.
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's K
normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items.
NOTE:
The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM mem-
ory power supply is interrupted for several hours. L
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will con-
tinue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items the
vehicle is returned to the customer untested. M
NOTE:
If MIL is ON during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even
though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT (“CMPLT”) and
DTC (No DTCs) before the inspection. N
SRT SET TIMING

SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is O
done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and
is shown in the table below.
ECM-61
Example
Self-diagnosis result Ignition cycle
Diagnosis
← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON →
All OK Case 1 P0400 OK (1) — (1) OK (2) — (2)
P0402 OK (1) — (1) — (1) OK (2)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
Case 2 P0400 OK (1) — (1) — (1) — (1)
P0402 — (0) — (0) OK (1) — (1)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
NG exists Case 3 P0400 OK OK — —
P0402 — — — —
NG
P1402 NG — NG (Consecutive
NG)
(1st trip) DTC
1st trip DTC — 1st trip DTC
DTC (= MIL ON)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT”
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG.
—: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will
indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
“CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses show NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indicate
“CMPLT”. → Case 3 above
The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is the number one (1)
for each self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or the number two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in
preparation for the state emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice
(Case 3) for the following reasons:
• The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
• The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results.
• During SRT driving pattern, the 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT and the self-diagnosis
memory must be erased from the ECM after repair.
• If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”.
NOTE:
SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out
prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) INFOID:0000000010702846
When emission-related ECU detects a malfunction in the emission

control systems components and/or the powertrain control compo-
nents (which affect vehicle emissions), it turns on/blinks MIL to
inform the driver that a malfunction has been detected.
1. The MIL illuminates when ignition switch is turned ON (engine is
not running).
NOTE:
Check the MIL circuit if MIL does not illuminate. Refer to ECM-
400, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off.
NOTE:
SAT652J
ECM-62
If MIL continues to illuminate/blink, perform self-diagnoses and inspect/repair accordingly because an
emission-related ECU has detected a malfunction in the emission control systems components and/or the A
powertrain control components (which affect vehicle emissions).
On Board Diagnosis Function INFOID:0000000010702847
ECM
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS ITEM
The on board diagnostic system has the following functions.
C
Diagnostic test mode Function
Bulb check MIL can be checked.
D
Malfunction warning If ECM detects a malfunction, it illuminates or blinks MIL to inform the driver that a malfunction has
been detected.
Self-diagnostic results DTCs or 1st trip DTCs stored in ECM can be read.
E
Accelerator pedal released posi- ECM can learn the accelerator pedal released position. Refer to ECM-127, "Description".
tion learning
Throttle valve closed position ECM can learn the throttle valve closed position. Refer to ECM-128, "Description".
learning F
Idle air volume learning ECM can learn the idle air volume. Refer to ECM-129, "Description".
Mixture ratio self-learning value
clear
Erase the air-fuel ratio learning value. Refer to ECM-131, "Description". G
BULB CHECK MODE

H
Description
This function allows damage inspection in the MIL bulb (blown, open circuit, etc.).
Operation Procedure I
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. The MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON.
If it remains OFF, check MIL circuit. Refer to ECM-400, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
MALFUNCTION WARNING MODE
Description
K
In this function ECM turns on or blinks MIL when it detects a malfunction in the emission control system com-
ponents and/or the powertrain control components (which affect vehicle emissions) to inform the driver that a
malfunction has been detected.
L
Operation Procedure
2. Check that MIL illuminates. M
If it remains OFF, check MIL circuit. Refer to ECM-400, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3. Start engine and let it idle.
• For two trip detection logic diagnoses, ECM turns on MIL when it detects the same malfunction twice
N
inthe two consecutive driving cycles. (2 trip detection logic diagnoses)
• For 1st trip detection logic diagnoses, ECM turns on MIL when it detects a malfunction in one driving
cycle.
• ECM blinks MIL when it detects a malfunction that may damage the three way catalyst (misfire). O
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS MODE
Description P
This function allows to indicate DTCs or 1st trip DTCs stored in ECM according to the number of times MIL is
blinking.
How to Set Self-diagnostic Results Mode
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has a mal-
function.
ECM-63
• After ignition switch is turned off, ECM always returns to the diagnostic test mode I.
1. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
2. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
• Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
• Fully release the accelerator pedal.
3. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it depressed for approx. 10 seconds until the
MIL starts blinking.
4. Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
ECM has entered to the diagnostic test mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
PBIB0092E
How to Read Self-diagnostic Results

The DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MIL as shown below. Judgment of
DTCs or 1st trip DTCs is impossible by the number of blinks only. If the MIL does not illuminate in diagnostic
test mode I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the
MIL illuminates in the diagnostic test mode II (Self-diagnostic results), it is a DTC; if two or more codes are dis-
played, they may be either DTCs or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These unidentified
codes can be identified by using the CONSULT or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to read a
code.
PBIB3005E
DTCs can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes per the following.
ECM-64
Number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F A
Flashes 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16
The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds consisting of an ON (0.6-sec-
onds) - OFF (0.6-seconds) cycle. ECM
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-seconds ON and 0.3-seconds OFF cycle.
A change from upper digit numeral to lower one occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. For example, the
10th-digit numeral flashes 1.3 seconds (0.3+1.0seconds) after hide of the 100th-digit numeral. C
A change from one DTC to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-seconds OFF.
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no mal-
function. Refer to ECM-93, "DTC Index".
D
How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results
By performing this procedure, ECM memory is erased and the following diagnostic information is erased as
well.
E
• DTC (Diagnostic trouble codes)
• 1st trip DTC
• Freeze frame data
• 1st trip freeze frame data F
• System readiness test (SRT) codes
• Test values
NOTE:
G
Also, if a battery terminal is disconnected, ECM memory is erased and the diagnostic information as listed
above is erased. (The amount of time required for erasing may vary from a few seconds to several hours.)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
H
4. Turn ignition switch ON. I
5. Set ECM in the diagnostic test mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
6. The diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM.
Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it depressed for more than 10 seconds. J
7. Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed.
CONSULT Function INFOID:0000000010702848
K
FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode Function L

Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data
Self Diagnostic Result
can be read and erased quickly.*
M
Data Monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the in-
Work Support
dications on the CONSULT unit.
N
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also shifts
Active Test
some parameters in a specified range.
ECU Identification ECM part number can be read.
O
DTC Work Support SRT and operating condition to check DTC can be confirmed.
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
• DTC (Diagnostic trouble codes) P
• 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
• Freeze frame data
• 1st trip freeze frame data
• System readiness test (SRT) codes
• Test values
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE
ECM-65
Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to ECM-93, "DTC Index".
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
DTCs and 1st trip DTCs related to the malfunction are displayed in “Self-diag results” mode with CONSULT.
“TIME” indicates the number of driving the vehicle after the last detection of DTC.
• When ECM has detected a current DTC, “0” is displayed for “TIME”.
• When ECM memorizes a 1st trip DTC, “1t” is displayed for “TIME”.
• If “TIME” is neither “0” nor “1t”, the DTC occurred in the past.
How to Erase DTC
NOTE:
If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 sec-
onds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
1. Select “ENGINE” with CONSULT.
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode.
3. Touch “ERASE”. (DTC in ECM will be erased.)
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
Freeze frame data item*1 Description

DIAG TROUBLE CODE The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code displayed as PXXXX. (Refer to
[PXXXX] ECM-93, "DTC Index".)
CAL/LD VALUE %] The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
COOLANT TEMP [°C] The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
L-FUEL TRM-B1 %] • “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel sched-
L-FUEL TRM-B2 %] ule than short-term fuel trim.
S-FUEL TRM-B1 %] • “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel
S-FUEL TRM-B2 %] schedule.
ENGINE SPEED [rpm] The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
VEHICL SPEED [km/h]
The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
or [mph]
ABSOL TH·P/S [%] The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
INJ PULSE [msec] The basic injection quantity at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
INT/A TEMP SE [°C] or
The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[°F]
FUEL SYS-B1 • “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• One of the following mode is displayed.
- MODE 2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction
FUEL SYS-B2 - MODE 3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment)
- MODE 4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control
- MODE 5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop
INT MANI PRES [kPa] • Constant value is displayed.
COMBUST CONDITION • These items are displayed but are not applicable to this model.
FUEL RAIL PRESSURE

The fuel rail pressure at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[MPa]
TARGET FUEL RAIL
The target fuel rail pressure at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
PRESSURE [MPa]
BATTERY VOLTAGE [V] The battery voltage at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
FUEL LEVEL [%] The fuel level at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
*1: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.
DATA MONITOR MODE

NOTE:
ECM-66
• The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applica-
ble to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items. A
• For reference values of the following items, refer to ECM-73, "Reference Value".
Monitored Item
ECM
Monitored item Unit Description Remarks
Indicates the engine speed computed from the signal of
Accuracy becomes poor if engine
ENG SPEED rpm the crankshaft position sensor and camshaft position
speed drops below the idle rpm. C
sensor.
• When the engine is stopped, a
The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor is dis- certain value is indicated. D
MAS A/F SE-B1 V
played. • When engine is running, normal
range is indicated in “SPEC”.
“Base fuel schedule”indicates the fuel injection pulse
When engine is running, normal E
B/FUEL SCHDL ms width programmed into ECM, prior to any learned on
board correction.
• When the engine is stopped, a
certain value is indicated. F
• This data also includes the data
The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feedback correction
A/F ALPHA-B1 % for the air-fuel ratio learning con-
factor per cycle is indicated.
trol.
• When engine is running, normal G
When the engine coolant tempera-
The engine coolant temperature (determined by the sig- ture sensor is open or short-circuit- H
COOLAN TEMP/S °C nal voltage of the engine coolant temperature sensor) is ed, ECM enters fail-safe mode.The
displayed. engine coolant temperature deter-
mined by the ECM is displayed.
I
The A/F signal voltage computed from the input signal
A/F SEN1 (B1) V
of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is displayed.
The signal voltage of the heated oxygen sensor 2 is dis-
HO2S1 (B1) V J
played.
The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle speed
VHCL SPEED SE km/h
signal sent from combination meter is displayed.
BATTERY VOLT V The power supply voltage of ECM is displayed.
K
The signal voltage of the accelerator pedal position sen-

ACCEL SEN 1 V
sor 1 is displayed.
L
ACCEL SEN 2 signal is converted
The converted value of the accelerator pedal position by ECM internally. Thus, they dif-
ACCEL SEN 2 V
sensor signal voltage is displayed. fers from ECM terminal voltage sig-
nal. M
The signal voltage of the throttle position sensor 1 B1 is
TP SEN 1-B1 V
displayed.
TP SEN 2-B1 signal is converted N
The value converted from the signal voltage of the throt- by ECM internally. Thus, they dif-
TP SEN 2-B1 V
tle position sensor 2 B1 is displayed. fers from ECM terminal voltage sig-
nal.
O
Indicates start signal status [ON/OFF] computed by the After starting the engine, [OFF] is
ON/
START SIGNAL ECM according to the signals of engine speed and bat- displayed regardless of the starter
OFF
tery voltage. signal.
ON/ Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] computed by ECM ac- P
CLSD THL POS
OFF cording to the accelerator pedal position sensor signal.
ON/ Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air conditioner
AIR COND SIG
OFF switch as determined by the air conditioner signal.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the power steering sys-
ON/
PW/ST SIGNAL tem (determined by the signal voltage of the power
OFF
steering pressure sensor signal).
ECM-67
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the electrical load sig-
nal.
ON/ • ON...Rear window defogger switch is ON or lighting
LOAD SIGNAL
OFF switch is in 2nd position.
• OFF...Both rear window defogger switch and lighting
switch are OFF.
ON/ Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition switch sig-
IGNITION SW
OFF nal.
ON/ Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the heater blower
HEATER FAN SW
OFF ON signal.
ON/ Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the stop lamp switch
BRAKE SW
OFF signal.
Indicates the ignition timing computed by ECM accord- When the engine is stopped, a cer-
IGN TIMING BTDC
ing to the input signals. tain value is indicated.
NOTE:
COMBUSTION These items are displayed but are not applicable to this
model.
“Calculated load value” indicates the value of the cur-
CAL/LD VALUE %
rent air flow divided by peak air flow.
Indicates the mass air flow computed by ECM accord-
MASS AIRFLOW g/s
ing to the mass air flow sensor signal.
• Indicates the control value of the EVAP canister
purge volume control solenoid valve computed by the
PURG VOL C/V %
ECM according to the input signals.
• The opening becomes larger as the value increases.
INT/V TIM (B1) °CA • Indicates [°CA] of intake camshaft advance angle.
EXH/V TIM B1 °CA • Indicates [°CA] of exhaust camshaft advance angle.
• The control value of the intake valve timing control
solenoid valve (determined by ECM according to the
INT/V SOL (B1) % input signals) is indicated.
• The advance angle becomes larger as the value in-
creases.
• The control value of the exhaust valve timing control
solenoid valve (determined by ECM according to the
VTC DTY EX B1 % input signals) is indicated.
• The advance angle becomes larger as the value in-
creases.
• The control condition of the intake manifold runner
control valve (determined by ECM according to the
ON/
SWRL CONT S/V* OFF
input signals) is indicated.
- On: Closed
- Off: Open
ON/ The air conditioner relay control condition (determined
AIR COND RLY
OFF by ECM according to the input signals) is indicated.
ON/ • Indicates the fuel pump relay control condition deter-
FUEL PUMP RELAY
OFF mined by ECM according to the input signals.
Indicates the throttle control motor relay control condi-
ON/
THRTL RELAY tion determined by the ECM according to the input sig-
OFF
nals.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated oxygen sensor
ON/
HO2S1 HTR (B1) 2 heater determined by ECM according to the input sig-
OFF
nals.
Indicates the engine speed computed from the input
I/P PULLY SPD rpm
shaft revolution signal.
VEHICLE SPEED km/h
signal sent from TCM is displayed.
ECM-68
A
Displays the condition of Idle Air Volume Learning.
• YET...Idle air volume learning has not been per-
YET/
IDL A/V LEARN formed yet.
DONE
• DONE...Idle air volume learning has already been ECM
performed successfully.
km or
TRVL AFTER MIL Distance traveled while MIL is activated.
mile
C
The engine oil temperature (determined by the signal
ENG OIL TEMP °C°F voltage of the engine oil temperature sensor) is dis-
played.
D
• Indicates the duty ratio of the Air fuel ratio (A/F) sen-
sor 1 heater computed by ECM according to the input
A/F S1 HTR (B1) % signals.
• The current flow to the heater becomes larger as the E
value increases.
km/h or
VHCL SPEED SE signal sent from unified meter and combination meter is
mph
displayed.
F
km/h or
SET VHCL SPD The preset vehicle speed is displayed.
mph
G
ON/
MAIN SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from MAIN switch signal.
OFF
ON/ Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from CANCEL switch sig-
CANCEL SW H
OFF nal.
ON/ Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from RESUME/ACCEL-
RESUME/ACC SW
OFF ERATE switch signal.
I
ON/ Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from SET/COAST switch
SET SW
OFF signal.
ON/ Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from brake pedal position
BRAKE SW1 J
OFF switch signal.
ON/ Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of stop lamp switch sig-
BRAKE SW2
OFF nal.
Indicates the vehicle cruise condition. K
• NON...Vehicle speed is maintained at the ASCD set
NON/ speed.
VHCL SPD CUT
CUT • CUT...When the vehicle speed decreased to exces- L
sively low speed compared with the ASCD set speed,
ASCD operation is cut off.
Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.
• NON...Vehicle speed is maintained at the ASCD set M
NON/ speed.
LO SPEED CUT
CUT • CUT...When the vehicle speed decreased lower than
the ASCD minimum set speed, ASCD operation is cut
N
off.
ON/ Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of A/T O/D according to
AT OD MONITOR
OFF the input signal from the TCM.
O
ON/ Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of A/T O/D cancel request
AT OD CANCEL
OFF signal.
ON/ Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CRUISE indicator de-
CRUISE LAMP P
OFF termined by the ECM according to the input signals.
ON/ Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of SET indicator deter-
SET LAMP
OFF mined by the ECM according to the input signals.
Indicates the correction of a factor stored in ECM. The
factor is calculated from the difference between the tar-
A/F ADJ-B1 —
get air-fuel ratio stored in ECM and the air-fuel ratio cal-
culated from A/F sensor 1 signal.
ECM-69
ON/ Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the reverse/neutral
P/N POSI SW
OFF position signal.
The intake air temperature (determined by the signal
INT/A TEMP SE °C or °F voltage of the intake air temperature sensor) is indicat-
ed.
The signal voltage from the refrigerant pressure sensor
AC PRESS SEN V
is displayed.
Indicates the fuel rail pressure computed by ECM ac-
FUEL PRESS SEN MPa
cording to the input signals.
The signal voltage from the barometric pressure sensor
ATOM PRES SEN V
is displayed.
ECM-calculated injection pulse width of the fuel injector
FUEL INJ B1 msec
on the Bank 1 side.
Displays ECM-calculated fuel discharge position of the
H/P FUEL PUMP DEG deg
high pressure fuel pump.
FUEL PRES SEN V mV The signal voltage of FRP sensor is displayed.
EOP SENSOR mV The signal voltage of EOP sensor is displayed.
Displays a temperature calculated from a signal of ECM
ECM TEMP 1 °C
temperature sensor 1.
Displays a temperature calculated from a signal of ECM
ECM TEMP 2 °C
temperature sensor 2.
Indicates the fuel injection timing computed by ECM ac-
FUEL INJ TIM BTDC
cording to the input signals.
• Indicates a command value for cooling fan. The value
FAN DUTY %
is calculated by ECM based on input signals.
NOTE:
THRTL STK CNT B1 — These items are displayed but are not applicable to this
model.
• The A/F signal computed from the input signal of the
A/F SEN1 (B1) V
air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is displayed.
Displays a determined value of atmospheric correction
factor necessary for correcting an A/F sensor signal in-
A/F-S ATMSPHRC CRCT
— put to ECM. The signal used for the correction is an A/
B1
F sensor signal transmitted while driving under atmo-
spheric pressure.
A/F-S ATMSPHRC CRCT Displays the number of updates of the A/F sensor atmo-
count
UP B1 spheric correction factor.
• Indicates DTC P014C or P014D self-diagnosis condi-
INCMP/ tion.
A/F SEN1 DIAG2(B1)
CMPLT - INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incomplete.
- CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is complete.
• Indicates DTC P014C, P014D, P015A or P015B self-
diagnosis condition.
ABSNT/ - ABSNT: The vehicle condition is not within the diag-
A/F SEN1 DIAG3(B1)
PRSNT nosis range.
- PRSNT: The vehicle condition is within the diagnosis
range.
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle is not displayed.
*: Indicates intake manifold runner control valve.
WORK SUPPORT MODE

Work Item
ECM-70
Work item Condition Usage A

IDLE AIR VOL LEARN The idle air volume that keeps the engine speed within the When learning the idle air volume
specified range is memorized in ECM.
FUEL PRESSURE RE- • Fuel pump will stop by touching “START” during idling. When releasing fuel pressure from fuel line ECM
LEASE • Crank a few times after engine stops.
TARGET IDLE RPM Idle condition When setting target idle speed
ADJ* C
SELF-LEARNING The coefficient of self-learning control mixture ratio returns When clearing mixture ratio selflearning
CONT to the original coefficient. value.
TARGET IGN TIM ADJ* Idle condition When adjusting target ignition timing D
VIN REGISTRATION In this mode, VIN is registered in ECM. When registering VIN in ECM
CLSD THL POS LEARN Ignition switch ON and engine stopped. When learning the throttle valve closed po-
sition E
SAVING DATA FOR RE-
In this mode, save data that is in ECM. When ECM is replaced.
PLC CPU
WRITING DATA FOR In this mode, write data stored by “SAVE DATA FOR CPU F
When ECM is replaced.
REPLC CPU REPLC” in work support mode to ECM.
*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.
G
ACTIVE TEST MODE
Test Item
H
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
• Harness and connectors
ENG COOLANT Change the engine coolant tempera- If malfunctioning symptom dis- • Engine coolant temperature I
TEMP ture using CONSULT. appears, see CHECK ITEM. sensor
• Fuel injector
FUEL INJECTION
Change the amount of fuel injection If malfunctioning symptom dis-
• Fuel injector
J
using CONSULT. appears, see CHECK ITEM.
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
• Engine: After warming up, run en-
gine at 1,500 rpm. • Harness and connectors K
Engine speed changes accord-
PURG VOL CONT/V • Change the EVAP canister purge • EVAP canister purge volume
ing to the opening percent.
volume control solenoid valve open- control solenoid valve
ing percent using CONSULT.
L
• Ignition switch: ON (Engine
stopped)
Fuel pump relay makes the op- • Harness and connectors
FUEL PUMP RELAY • Turn the fuel pump relay “ON” and
erating sound. • Fuel pump relay
“OFF” using CONSULT and listen to M
operating sound.
• Ignition switch: ON (Engine • Harness and connectors
INTAKE MANIFOLD Touch the intake manifold run-
stopped) • Intake manifold runner control N
RUNNER CON- ner control valve motor and
• Turn the intake manifold runner con- valve
TROL VALVE check the operating vibration
trol valve “ON” and “OFF” using • Intake manifold runner control
(OPEN/CLOSE) and sound.
CONSULT to open or close. valve motor
• Harness and connectors O
FAN DUTY CON- • Engine: Idle
• Cooling fan motor
• Change duty ratio (0 - 100%) using Cooling fan moves and stops.
TROL* CONSULT.
• Cooling fan relay
• IPDM E/R
P
• Timing light: Set
If malfunctioning symptom dis- Perform Idle Air Volume Learn-
IGNITION TIMING • Retard the ignition timing using
appears, see CHECK ITEM. ing.
CONSULT.
ECM-71
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
• Engine: After warming up, idle the
engine.
• Compression
• A/C switch OFF
Engine runs rough or stops. • Fuel injector
POWER BALANCE • Selector lever: N (CVT), Neutral (M/
(Works for accidental fire.) • Power transistor
T)
• Spark plug
• Cut off each injector signal one at a
• Ignition coil
time using CONSULT.
INT V/T ASSIGN AN- Changes intake valve timing using If malfunctioning symptom dis-
• Intake valve timing control so-
GLE CONSULT. appears, see CHECK ITEM.
lenoid valve
EXT V/T ASSIGN Changes exhaust valve timing using If malfunctioning symptom dis-
• Exhaust valve timing control
ANGLE CONSULT. appears, see CHECK ITEM.
solenoid valve
*: Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat.
DTC WORK SUPPORT MODE
Teat Item
Test mode Test item Reference page

O2 (B1) P0138 ECM-212, "DTC Description"
HO2S2
O2 (B1) P0137 ECM-206, "DTC Description"
A/F (B1) P0133 ECM-225, "DTC Description"
A/F SEN1
A/F (B1) P0130 ECM-197, "DTC Description"
SRT & P-DTC MODE

SRT STATUS Mode
For items whose SRT codes are set, “CMPLT” is displayed on the CONSULT screen; for items whose SRT-
codes are not set, “INCMP” is displayed.
SRT WORK SUPPORT Mode
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status.
ECM-72
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [MR20DD]
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION A

ECM
Reference Value INFOID:0000000010702849
ECM
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL

NOTE: C
• The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applica-
ble to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.
• Numerical values in the following table are reference values.
• These values are input/output values that ECM receives/transmits and may differ from actual operations. D
Example: The ignition timing shown by the timing light may differ from the ignition timing displayed on the
data monitor.
This occurs because the timing light shows a value calculated by ECM according to signals received from E
the camshaft position sensor and other sensors related to ignition timing.
• For outlines of following items, refer to ECM-65, "CONSULT Function".
Monitor Item Condition Values/Status

F
• Connect the tachometer.
Almost the same speed as
ENG SPEED • Run engine and compare CONSULT value with the tachometer in-
the tachometer indication. G
dication.
MAS A/F SE-B1 See ECM-137, "Description".
B/FUEL SCHDL See ECM-137, "Description".
H
A/F ALPHA-B1 See ECM-137, "Description".
COOLAN TEMP/S Engine: After warming up More than 70°C
A/F SEN1 (B1) Engine: After warming up

Maintaining engine speed at
Fluctuates around 2.2 V
I
2,000 rpm
• Engine: After warming up 0 – 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 –
• After keeping engine speed be- 1.0 V J
Revving engine from idle up to
HO2S1 (B1) tween 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
3,000 rpm quickly
minute and at idle for 1 minute LEAN ←→ RICH
under no load.
Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT value with the speedom- Almost the same speed as K
VHCL SPEED SE
eter indication. speedometer indication
BATTERY VOLT Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 – 14 V
L
Accelerator pedal: Fully re-
0.6 – 0.9 V
Ignition switch: ON (Engine leased
ACCEL SEN 1
stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully de-
4.0 – 4.8 V M
pressed
0.3 – 4.7 V
ACCEL SEN 2*1 stopped) N
Accelerator pedal: Fully de-
1.95 – 2.4 V
pressed
• Ignition switch: ON (Engine Accelerator pedal: Fully re-

More than 0.36 V
stopped) leased O
TP SEN 1-B1
• Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/ Accelerator pedal: Fully de-
T) Less than 4.75 V
pressed
• Ignition switch: ON (Engine Accelerator pedal: Fully re- P

More than 0.36 V
stopped) leased
TP SEN 2-B1*1 • Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/ Accelerator pedal: Fully de-
T) Less than 4.75 V
pressed
START SIGNAL Ignition switch: ON → START → ON OFF → ON → OFF
ECM-73
ECM
ON
CLSD THL POS
stopped) Brake pedal: Slightly de-
OFF
pressed
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
Engine: After warming up, idle the
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON
engine ON
(Compressor operates)
Steering wheel: Not being
Engine: After warming up, idle the OFF
PW/ST SIGNAL turned
engine
Steering wheel: Being turned ON
Rear window defogger switch:
ON and/or Lighting switch: 2nd ON
LOAD SIGNAL Ignition switch: ON position
Rear window defogger switch
OFF
and lighting switch: OFF
IGNITION SW Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON ON → OFF → ON
Engine: After warming up, idle the Blower fan switch: ON ON

HEATER FAN SW
engine Blower fan switch: OFF OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released
OFF
BRAKE SW Ignition switch: ON OFF
Brake pedal: depressed ON
• Engine: After warming up Idle −2 – 8 °BTDC
• Selector lever: P or N (CVT),
IGN TIMING Neutral (M/T)
• A/C switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 18 – 38 °BTDC
• No load
NOTE:
COMBUSTION —
This item is displayed but are not applicable to this model.
• Engine: After warming up Idle 5 – 35 %
CAL/LD VALUE Neutral (M/T)
• A/C switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 5 – 35 %
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 1.0 – 5.0 g/s
MASS AIRFLOW Neutral (M/T)
• A/C switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 2.0 – 10.0 g/s
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle

• Selector lever: P or N (CVT), (Accelerator pedal: Not de-
1%
PURG VOL C/V Neutral (M/T) pressed even slightly, after en-
• A/C switch: OFF gine starting)
• No load 2,000 rpm 1 – 90 %
• Engine: After warming up Idle −5 – 5 °CA
INT/V TIM(B1) Neutral (M/T) When revving engine up to
• A/C switch: OFF Approx. 0 – 20 °CA
2,000 rpm quickly
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle −5 – 5 °CA
EXH/V TIM B1 Neutral (M/T) When revving engine up to
• A/C switch: OFF Approx. 0 – 30 °CA
2,500 rpm quickly
• No load
ECM-74
ECM
A
• Engine: After warming up Idle 0%
INT/V SOL(B1) Neutral (M/T) When revving engine up to
• A/C switch: OFF 0 – 90 %
2,000 rpm quickly ECM
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle ON
C
SWRL CONT S/V*2 Neutral (M/T)
• A/C switch: OFF 4,000 rpm OFF
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 0–2% D
VTC DTY EX B1 Neutral (M/T) When revving engine up to
• A/C switch: OFF Approx. 0 – 90 %
2,000 rpm quickly E
• No load
A/C switch: OFF OFF
Engine: After warming up, idle the
AIR COND RLY A/C switch: ON
engine ON F
(Compressor operates)
• For 1 seconds after turning ignition switch ON
ON
FUEL PUMP RLY • Engine is running or cranking
G
Except above OFF
THRTL RELAY Ignition switch: ON ON
• Engine speed is less than 3,600 rpm after the following conditions H
are met.
- Engine: After warming up ON
HO2S1 HTR (B1) - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load I
Engine speed: More than 3,600 rpm OFF
• Connect the tachometer.
• Start the engine and compare Vehicle speed: More than 20 Almost the same speed as J
I/P PULLY SPD
CONSULT value with the ta- km/h (12 MPH) the tachometer indication
chometer indication.
VEHICLE SPEED
Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT value with the speedom- Almost the same speed as K
eter indication. the speedometer indication
• Engine: After warming up Idle air volume learning has al-

• A/C switch: OFF ready been performed suc- CMPLT L
IDL A/V LEARN • No load cessfully.
• Throttle valve closed position Idle air volume learning has not
learning: Completed YET
been performed yet.
M
TRVL AFTER MIL Ignition switch: ON 0 – 65,535 km
ENG OIL TEMP Engine: After warming up More than 70 °C (158°F)
A/F S1 HTR (B1)

Engine: After warming up, idle the engine
4 – 100%
N
(More than 140 seconds after starting engine)
Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT value with the speedom- Almost the same speed as
VHCL SPEED SE
eter indication. the speedmeter indication
O
The preset vehicle speed is
SET VHCL SPD Engine: After warming up ASCD: Operating
displayed.
MAIN switch: Pressed ON P
MAIN SW Ignition switch: ON
MAIN switch: Released OFF
CANCEL switch: Pressed ON
CANCEL SW Ignition switch: ON
CANCEL switch: Released OFF
ECM-75
ECM
RESUME/ACCELERATE
ON
switch: Pressed
RESUME/ACC SW Ignition switch: ON
RESUME/ACCELERATE
OFF
switch: Released
SET/COAST switch: Pressed ON
SET SW Ignition switch: ON
SET/COAST switch: Released OFF
BRAKE SW1 Brake pedal: Fully released ON

Ignition switch: ON
(Brake pedal position switch) Brake pedal: Depressed OFF
BRAKE SW2 Brake pedal: Fully released OFF

Ignition switch: ON
(Stop lamp switch) Brake pedal: Depressed ON
VHCL SPD CUT Ignition switch: ON NON
LO SPEED CUT Ignition switch: ON NON
AT OD MONITOR Ignition switch: ON OFF
AT OD CANCEL Ignition switch: ON OFF
MAIN switch: Pressed at the
CRUISE LAMP Ignition switch: ON ON → OFF
1st time → at the 2nd time
• MAIN switch: ON ASCD: Operating ON
SET LAMP • When vehicle speed is between
40 km/h and 100 km/h ASCD: Not operating OFF
A/F ADJ-B1 Engine: Idle −0.450 – 0.330

Selector lever: P or N (CVT),
ON
Neutral (M/T)
P/N POSI SW Ignition switch: ON
Selector lever: Except above
OFF
position
Indicates intake air tempera-
INT/A TEMP SE Engine: After warming up
ture
• Engine: Idle
AC PRESS SEN • Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON (Compressor oper- 1.0 – 4.0 V
ates)
• Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 2.74 MPa
FUEL PRES SEN Neutral (M/T)
• A/C switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 3.0 MPa
• No load
ATOM PRES SEN Ignition switch: ON 3.15 - 4.60 V
• Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 0.8 msec
FUEL INJ B1 Neutral (M/T)
• A/C switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 1.1 msec
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 255 – 275 deg
H/P FUEL PUMP DEG Neutral (M/T)
• A/C switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 255 – 275 deg
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 820 – 1,140 mV
FUEL PRES SEN V Neutral (M/T) When revving engine up to
• A/C switch: OFF Approx. 820 – 2,900 mV
4,000 rpm quickly
• No load
ECM-76
ECM
A
• Engine oil temperature: 80°C Idle Approx. 1,450 mV
EOP SENSOR Neutral (M/T)
• A/C switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 2,850 mV
ECM
• No load
• Engine: At cooling Indicates the ambient tem-
ECM TEMP 1
• Ignition switch: Right after ON perature.
C
• Engine: At cooling Indicates the ambient tem-
ECM TEMP 2
• Ignition switch: Right after ON perature.
• Engine oil temperature: 80°C Idle Approx. 62 deg D
• Selector lever: P or N position
FUEL INJ TIM
• A/C switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 62 deg
• No load
FAN DUTY • Engine: Running 0 - 100% E
NOTE:
THRTL STK CNT B1 —
This item is displayed but are not applicable to this model.
Maintaining engine speed at
F
A/F SEN1 (B1) • Engine: After warming up Fluctuates around 2.2 V
2,000 rpm
Varies depending on vehicle
A/F-S ATMSPHRC CRCT B1 Engine: After warming up, idle the engine G
environment.
A/F-S ATMSPHRC CRCT UP Varies depending on the
Engine: Running
B1 number of updates.
DTC P014C and P014D self-diagnosis incomplete. INCMP H
A/F SEN1 DIAG2 (B1)
DTC P014C and P014D self-diagnosis is complete. CMPLT
The vehicle condition is not within the diagnosis range of DTC
P014C or P014D.
ABSNT I
A/F SEN1 DIAG3 (B1)
The vehicle condition is within the diagnosis range of DTC P014C or
PRSNT
P014D.
J
*1: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differ
from ECM terminals voltage signal.
*2: Indicates the intake manifold runner control valve.
*3: Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-138, "FOR MAINTENANCE REQUIRED K
BATTERY MODELS : Work Procedure".
*4: Varies with the atmospheric pressure changed by whether or elevation as this is an absolute pressure sensor.
L
TERMINAL LAYOUT
O
JSBIA0505ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
P
NOTE:
• ECM is located in the engine room left side near battery.
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
• Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT.
ECM-77
ECM
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
1 BATTERY VOLTAGE
(G) (11 – 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Engine: after warming up
• Idle speed
2 NOTE:
(L) The pulse cycle changes depend-
ing on rpm at idle.
Fuel injector No. 1 (HI)
55 Fuel injector No. 2 (HI) JPBIA4718ZZ
Output
3 (GR) Fuel injector No. 3 (HI) BATTERY VOLTAGE
(B) Fuel injector No. 4 (HI)
(11 – 14 V)
[Engine is running]
4 • Engine speed:2,000 rpm
(W)
JPBIA4719ZZ
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 – 14 V)
[Engine is running]
5 • Idle speed
(R) NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depend-
ing on rpm at idle.
JPBIA4720ZZ
Fuel injector No. 1 (LO)
6 55 Fuel injector No. 2 (LO)
Output
(P) (GR) Fuel injector No. 3 (LO)
Fuel injector No. 4 (LO)
7 BATTERY VOLTAGE
(W) (11 – 14 V)
[Engine is running]
8 • Engine speed:2,000 rpm
(B)
JPBIA4721ZZ
11
— ECM ground — — —
(B)
12
— Shield — — —
(—)
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Reverse/Neutral position sig- • Selector lever: P or N (CVT), Neu-
(11 - 14 V)
14 128 nal (M/T) tral (M/T)
Input
(W) (B) Park/Neutral position signal [Ignition switch: ON]
(CVT) • Selector lever: Except above posi- 0V
tion
15 Sensor ground (Camshaft
— — — —
(R) position sensor)
ECM-78
ECM
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
ECM
1.0 – 2.0
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed C
NOTE:
ing on rpm at idle.
D
19 15 JPBIA4726ZZ
Camshaft position sensor Input
(W) (R)
1.0 – 2.0
E
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
F
JPBIA4727ZZ
Sensor ground (Mass air flow G

20
— sensor, intake air tempera- — — —
(GR)
ture sensor)
21 44 Sensor power supply H
— [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(L) (BR) (Crankshaft position sensor)
Sensor power supply
23 39 (Fuel rail pressure sensor, re-
— [Ignition switch: ON] 5V I
(Y) (R) frigerant pressure sensor,
engine oil pressure sensor)
Sensor power supply
24 42
(Exhaust valve timing control — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V J
(Y) (B)
position sensor)
Sensor ground (Engine cool-
25
— ant temperature sensor, en- — — — K
(L)
gine oil temperature sensor)
0.4 V
• Engine stopped
L
[Engine is running]
• Engine: after warming up 0.7 – 1.2 V
• Idle speed
28 20 M
Mass air flow sensor Input [Engine is running]
(BR) (GR)
• Revving engine from idle to 4,000
rpm 0.7 – 1.2 V → 2.4 V N
NOTE:
The voltage rises smoothly in re-
sponse to revving up the engine.
O
ECM-79
ECM
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
1.3 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
29 39 JPBIA3359ZZ
Engine oil pressure sensor Input
(GR) (R)
2.7 V
[Engine is running]
JPBIA3360ZZ
0 – 4.8 V
31 25 Engine coolant temperature
Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with engine
(G) (L) sensor
coolant temperature.
0 – 4.8 V
32 25 Engine oil temperature sen-
Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with engine
(P) (L) sor
oil temperature.
[Engine is running]
• Engine: after warming up 0.82 – 1.14 V
• Idle speed
33 39
Fuel rail pressure sensor Input [Engine is running]
(G) (R)
0.82 – 2.9 V
rpm
[Engine is running]
34 39
Refrigerant pressure sensor Input • Idle speed 1.0 – 4.0 V
(P) (R)
• A/C switch: ON (Compressor op-
erates)
0 – 4.8 V
35 20 Intake air temperature sen-
Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with intake
(V) (GR) sor
air temperature.
36 Sensor ground (Knock sen-
— — — —
(—) sor)
Sensor ground (Fuel rail
39 pressure sensor, refrigerant
— — — —
(R) pressure sensor, engine oil
pressure sensor)
40 36 [Engine is running]
Knock sensor Input 2.5 V
(W) (—) • Idle speed
Sensor ground (Exhaust
42
— valve timing control position — — —
(B)
sensor)
43 15 Sensor power supply (Cam-
(B) (R) shaft position sensor)
44 Sensor ground (Crankshaft
— — — —
(BR) position sensor)
ECM-80
ECM
Terminal No.
Description
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
ECM
12 V
45 128 Input/ C
LIN communication line [Ignition switch: ON]
(G) (B) Output
D
JPBIA4273ZZ
1.0 – 2.0
[Engine is running] E
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depend- F
ing on rpm at idle.
46 42 Exhaust valve timing control JPBIA4730ZZ

Input
(LG) (B) position sensor G
1.0 – 2.0
[Engine is running]
• Engine: after warming up H
JPBIA4731ZZ I
4.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Engine: after warming up J
• Idle speed
NOTE:
K
ing on rpm at idle.
JPBIA4728ZZ
48 44
Crankshaft position sensor Input
(GR) (BR)
4.0 V L
[Engine is running]
• Engine: after warming up M
JPBIA4729ZZ N
[Engine is running]
49 55 Fuel injector driver power BATTERY VOLTAGE
Input • Engine: after warming up
(Y) (GR) supply 1 (11 – 14 V)
• Idle speed
O
[Engine is running]
50 54 High pressure fuel pump re- BATTERY VOLTAGE
(V) (B) lay (11 – 14 V)
• Idle speed
P
ECM-81
ECM
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 – 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
ing on rpm at idle.
51 54 JPBIA4722ZZ
High pressure fuel pump (HI) Output
(W) (B) BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 – 14 V)
[Engine is running]
JPBIA4723ZZ
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 – 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
ing on rpm at idle.
52 128 High pressure fuel pump JPBIA4724ZZ

Output
(O) (B) (LO) BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 – 14 V)
[Engine is running]
JPBIA4725ZZ
[Engine is running]
53 55 Fuel injector driver power BATTERY VOLTAGE
(W) (GR) supply 2 (11 – 14 V)
• Idle speed
54 ECM ground (High pressure
— — — —
(B) fuel pump)
55
— ECM ground (Fuel injector) — — —
(GR)
56
— ECM ground (Fuel injector) — — —
(V)
[Engine is running]
rpm quickly after the following
conditions are met
57 59
Heated oxygen sensor 2 Input - Engine: after warming up 0 – 1.0 V
(Y) (B)
- Keeping the engine speed be-
tween 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute un-
der no load
ECM-82
ECM
Terminal No.
Description
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
59 Sensor ground (Heated oxy- ECM
— — — —
(B) gen sensor 2)
Sensor power supply (Throt-
60 75
tle position sensor 1, throttle — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V C
(R) (B)
position sensor 2)
62
(B) D
• Engine stopped
More than 0.36 V
• Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released E
63 75
Throttle position sensor 1 Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(G) (B)
• Engine stopped
• Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) Less than 4.75 V F
• Accelerator pedal: Fully de-
pressed
[Engine is running] G
64 128 2.2 V
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Input • Engine: after warming up
(Y) (B) Varies with air fuel ratio.
65 128 Throttle control motor power BATTERY VOLTAGE
Input [Ignition switch: ON] H
(W) (B) supply (11 - 14 V)
3.2 V
[Ignition switch: ON] I

• Engine: Stopped
69 128 Throttle control motor
Output • Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
(R) (B) (OPEN)
pressed J
JMBIA0324GB
70 K
(—)
• Engine stopped
Less than 4.75 V L
• Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
71 75
Throttle position sensor 2 Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(W) (B)
• Engine stopped M
• Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) More than 0.36 V
pressed
N
72 128
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Input [Ignition switch: ON] 1.8 V
(G) (B)
1.8 V O

73 128 Throttle control motor • Engine stopped
Output P
(L) (B) (CLOSE) • Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T)
JMBIA0326GB
Sensor ground (Throttle po-

75
— sition sensor 1, throttle posi- — — —
(B)
tion sensor 2)
ECM-83
ECM
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 – 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
after starting engine
77 128 EVAP canister purge volume

Output JMBIA0327GB
(BG) (B) control solenoid valve
10 V
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm (Pass-
ing 100 seconds after starting en-
gine)
JMBIA0328GB
78 0 – 0.3 V
(Y)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
82 NOTE:
(BR) The pulse cycle changes depend-
ing on rpm at idle.
Ignition signal No.1
JPBIA4733ZZ
128 Ignition signal No.2
Output
86 (B) Ignition signal No.3
0.2 – 0.5 V
(W) Ignition signal No.4
[Engine is running]
90 • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
(SB)
JPBIA4734ZZ
[Engine is running]
79 128 Intake manifold runner con- BATTERY VOLTAGE
(V) (B) trol valve power supply (11 – 14 V)
• Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
80 128 [Ignition switch: OFF]
Throttle control motor relay Output (11 – 14 V)
(V) (B)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 – 1.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Engine: after warming up 0V
• Idle speed
[Engine is running]
81 128 Intake manifold runner con- • Engine: after warming up
Output
(G) (B) trol valve (CLOSE) • No load Generates a voltage for a mo-
• When the engine speed is de- ment
creased from 3,000 rpm to idle (11 – 14 V)
speed (Accelerator pedal is re-
leased)
ECM-84
ECM
Terminal No.
Description
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
[Engine is running] ECM
• Idle speed
85 128 Intake manifold runner con- [Engine is running] C
Output
(Y) (B) trol valve (OPEN) • Engine: after warming up Generates a voltage for a mo-
• No load ment
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 (11 – 14 V)
rpm D
• More than 1 second after turning
0 - 1.0 V
ignition switch ON E
87 128 [Engine is running]
Fuel pump relay Output
(GR) (B)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• 1 second after turning ignition
switch ON
(11 – 14 V) F
[Engine is running] 10 V
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
after the following conditions are G
met
- Engine: after warming up
- Keeping the engine speed be-
tween 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
H
89 59 Heated oxygen sensor 2
Output minute and at idle for 1 minute un-
(V) (B) heater
der no load JMBIA0325GB
[Ignition switch: ON] I

• Engine: Stopped
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running]
(11 - 14 V)
• Engine speed: More than 3,600
rpm J
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.0 V
• A few seconds after turning igni- K
91 128 tion switch OFF
ECM relay (Self shut - off) Output
(BG) (B)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after L
(11 - 14 V)
turning ignition switch OFF
2.9 - 8.8 V
[Engine is running] M
93 128 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
Input • Idle speed
(P) (B) heater
(More than 140 seconds after
N
starting engine)
JPBIA4732ZZ
ECM-85
ECM
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 – 14 V)
94 128 Intake valve timing control
Output [Engine is running]
(G) (B) solenoid valve
rpm quickly
JMBIA0038GB
[Engine is running]
95 128 Exhaust valve timing control • Idle speed
Output
(GR) (B) solenoid valve [Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 –14 V)
1.8 – 4.8 V
97 124
Barometric pressure sensor Input [Ignition switch: ON] Output voltage varies with atmo-
(W) (R)
spheric pressure.
99 Input/
— CAN - L — —
(P) Output
100 Input/
— CAN - H — —
(L) Output
101 124 Sensor power supply (Baro-
(Y) (R) metric pressure sensor)
0V
108 128 • Clutch pedal: Fully released
Clutch pedal position switch Input
(R) (B) [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Clutch pedal: Fully depressed (11 –14 V)
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V
109 128
Ignition switch Input BATTERY VOLTAGE
(LG) (B) [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 –14 V)
4.0 V
• ASCD steering switch: OFF
0V
• Main switch: Pressed
110 111 1.0 V
ASCD steering switch Input • CANCEL switch: Pressed
(G) (BR)
• RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: 3.0 V
Pressed
2.0 V
• SET/COAST switch: Pressed
111 Sensor ground (ASCD steer-
— — — —
(BR) ing switch)
0V
115 128 • Brake pedal: Fully released
Stop lamp switch Input
(V) (B) [Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Brake pedal: Depressed (11 - 14 V)
ECM-86
ECM
Terminal No.
Description
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
[Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE ECM
116 128 • Brake pedal: Fully released (11 - 14 V)
Brake pedal position switch Input
(GR) (B) [Ignition switch: OFF]
0V
• Brake pedal: Depressed C
Sensor power supply (Accel-
118 120
erator pedal position sensor — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(BG) (Y)
2) D
• Engine stopped 0.3 - 0.6 V
119 120 Accelerator pedal position E
Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(W) (Y) sensor 2
• Engine stopped
1.95 - 2.4 V
pressed F
120 Sensor ground (Accelerator
— — — —
(Y) pedal position sensor 2)
121 128 BATTERY VOLTAGE G
ECM power supply Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(BR) (B) (11 - 14 V)
Sensor power supply (Accel-
122 127
erator pedal position sensor — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V H
(V) (GR)
1)
123
(B)
I
124 Sensor ground (Barometric
— — — —
(R) pressure sensor)
125 J
(B)
• Engine stopped 0.6 - 0.9 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released K
126 127 Accelerator pedal position
Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(R) (GR) sensor 1
• Engine stopped
3.9 - 4.7 V L
pressed
127 Sensor ground (Accelerator
— — — —
(GR) pedal position sensor 1) M
128
(B)
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) N
*: Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-138, "FOR
MAINTENANCE REQUIRED BATTERY MODELS : Work Procedure".
Fail-safe INFOID:0000000010702850
O
NON DTC RELATED ITEM

P
ECM-87
ECM
Detected Engine operating condition in

Remarks
items fail-safe mode
Malfunction Engine speed will not rise more When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by
indicator lamp than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel lighting up MIL when there is malfunction on engine control system.
circuit cut Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are
continuously detected as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control
system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by means of operating fail safe func-
tion.
The fail safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are
detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction.
DTC RELATED ITEM

Description
When a DTC is detected, ECM executes a mode (in the Fail-safe mode) applicable to the DTC. The fail-safe
mode has the preset traveling control mode (accelerator angle variation and engine output limit), device fix
mode and combustion control mode.

Accelerator an-
gle variation
control
ence position.
Device fix mode
valve opens).
Stratified charge
combustion
control at start-
ing
Idle speed con-
trol
Recovery speed
Idle neutral con-
trol
Ignition timing
trol
Retardation
control
Fail Safe Pattern

A Accelerator angle variation control
Traveling control mode
B Engine output control
C Device fix mode
ECM-88
ECM
A
D Stratified charge combustion control at starting
• Idle speed control
E • Recovery speed control at decelerating
Combustion control mode ECM
• Idle neutral control
• Ignition timing correction control
F
• Retardation control
C
Fail Safe List
Vehicle behavior
D
Others
A B C D E F
P0011 Intake valve timing control — — × — — — — E
P0014 Exhaust valve timing control — — × — — — —
Intake valve timing control sole-
P0075 — — × — — — — F
noid valve
P0078 — — × — — — —
lenoid valve
G
P0087
P0088 FRP control system × — — × — — —
P0090
P0102 H
Mass air flow sensor circuit × × × × × × —
P0103
P0117 Engine coolant temperature Engine speed will not rise more than
— — — × × —
P0118 sensor circuit 1,800rpm due to the fuel cut. I
P0122 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle con-
P0123 trol actuator in regulating the throttle open-
P0222 ing in order for the idle position to be within J
P0223 +10 degrees.
mal condition. So, the acceleration will be K
poor.
— — — — — —
NOTE:
If throttle position sensor 1 and 2 malfunc-
tion at the same time conducts following L
control.
at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by M
the return spring.
P0171
Fuel injection system × — — × × — —
P0172 N
P0190 FRP sensor × — — × × — —
P0197 Engine oil temperature sensor Intake and exhaust valve timing control
— — — — — —
P0198 does not function. O
P0201
P0202
Injector × — — × — — —
P0203 P
P0204
P0300 Misfire × — — × × — —
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor — — × — — — —
P0340 Camshaft position sensor — — × — — — —
Exhaust valve timing control po-
P0365 — — × — — — —
sition sensor
ECM-89
ECM
Vehicle behavior
Others
A B C D E F
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor × — — × × — —
P0524 Engine oil pressure • ECM illuminates engine oil pressure
warning lamp on the combination meter.
• Engine speed will not rise more than
— — — — — —
• Fail-safe is canceled when ignition switch
OFF → ON.
P0603
× × — — — — —
P0607
(Computing part of ECM does not operate
normally.)
P0604
P0605 — — — — — —
ECM ator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P0606
turn spring.
NOTE:
P062B × — — × — — Fail-safe mode may not start depending on
malfunction type of ECM.
P0643 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actu-
— — — — — —
turn spring.
P1197 Out of gas — — — — — — Engine torque is limited.
Engine speed will not rise more than
P1217 Engine over temperature — — — — — —
P1805 Brake switch ECM controls the electric throttle control ac-
tuator by regulating the throttle opening to a
small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
— — — — — — Vehicle condition Driving condition
When engine is
Normal
idling
Intake manifold runner control
P2008 × × × × × × —
valve
P2100 Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actu-
P2103 ator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
— — — — — —
turn spring.
P2101 Electric throttle control function ECM stops the electric throttle control actu-
— — — — — —
turn spring.
P2118 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actu-
— — — — — —
turn spring.
ECM-90
ECM
Vehicle behavior
A
Others
A B C D E F
ECM stops the electric throttle control actu- ECM
turn spring.
NOTE: C
P2119 Electric throttle control actuator × × — — — —
For pattern A and B refer to A and B of
P2119 DTC detection logic. (Refer to ECM-
355, "DTC Description".)
For C of P2119 DTC detection logic ECM D
behaves as above.
P2122 Accelerator pedal position sen- The ECM controls the electric throttle con-
P2123 sor trol actuator in regulating the throttle open- E
P2128 +10 degrees.
the throttle valve to be slower than the nor- F
mal condition. Therefore, the acceleration
will be poor.
— — — — — —
NOTE:
If accelerator pedal position sensor 1 and 2 G
malfunction at the same time conducts fol-
lowing control.
H
the return spring.
I
DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000010702851
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart. J
ECM-91
ECM
Priority DTC Detected items

U0101, U1001 CAN communication line
U1040, U1044 Engine communication line
U1050, U1051 LIN communication line
P0102, P0103 Mass air flow sensor
P0107, P0108 Barometric pressure sensor
P0112, P0113 Intake air temperature sensor
P0117, P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor
P0122, P0123, P0222, P0223, P1225, P1226, P2135 Throttle position sensor
P0197, P0198 Engine oil temperature sensor
P0327, P0328 Knock sensor
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor
1
P0340, P0365 Camshaft position sensor
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor
P0520 Engine oil pressure sensor
P0604, P0605, P606, P0607, P0611, P062B, P062F ECM
P0643 Sensor power supply
P0850 Reverse/neutral position sensor switch
P1197 Out of gas*
P155D Generator
P1568 Intelligent cruise control command value
P161D, P161E, P161F IMMOBILIZER
P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128, P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor
P0031, P0032 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
P0037, P0038 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0075 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
P0078 Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve
P0130, P0131, P0132, P014C, P014D Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
P0137, P0138, P0139 Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0444 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
2
P0603 ECM
P1078 Exhaust valve timing control position sensor
P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT)
P1805 Brake switch
P2008 Intake manifold runner control valve position sensor
P2100, P2103 Throttle control motor relay
P2101 Electric throttle control function
P2118 Throttle control motor
ECM-92
ECM
Priority DTC Detected items
A
P0011 Intake valve timing control
P0014 Exhaust valve timing control
P0087, P0088, P0090, P0190 Fuel pressure control ECM
P0171, P0172 Fuel injection system function
P0201 - P0204 Fuel injector
P0300 - P0304 Misfire C
3
P0420 Three way catalyst function
P0506, P0507 Idle speed control
D
P0524 Engine oil pressure
P1212 TCS communication line
P1564 ASCD steering switch E
P1572 Brake pedal position switch
P1574 ASCD vehicle speed sensor
F
P2119 Electric throttle control actuator
*: If “P1197”is displayed with other DTC in priority 1, perform trouble diagnosis for “P1197” first.
DTC Index INFOID:0000000010702852
G

H
DTC*1
Items SRT Reference
CONSULT Trip MIL
(CONSULT screen terms) code page
ECM*3
GST*2
I
U0101 0101*4 LOST COMM (TCM) — 2 — ECM-148
U1001 1001*4 CAN COMM CIRCUIT — 1 — ECM-149

J
U1040 1040*4 ENG COMM CIRCUIT — 2 — ECM-150
U1044 1044*4 ENG COMM CIRCUIT — 2 — ECM-152
U1050 1050*4 LIN COMMUNICATION — 2 — ECM-154 K
U1051 1051*4 LIN COMMUNICATION — 2 — ECM-154

P0000 0000 NO DTC IS DETECTED. — — — — L
P0011 0011 INT/V TIM CONT-B1 × 2 × ECM-156
P0014 0014 EXH/V TIM CONT-B1 — 2 × ECM-160
P0031 0031 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) — 2 × ECM-164
M
P0032 0032 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) — 2 × ECM-164

P0037 0037 HO2S2 HTR (B1) — 2 × ECM-167 N
P0038 0038 HO2S2 HTR (B1) — 2 × ECM-167
P0075 0075 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 — 2 × ECM-170
P0078 0078 EX V/T ACT/CIRC-B1 — 2 × ECM-173 O
P0087 0087 LOW FUEL PRES — 2 × ECM-176
P0088 0088 HIGH FUEL PRES — 2 × ECM-176
P
P0090 0090 FUEL PRESSURE CONTROL FUNCTION — 2 × ECM-176
P0102 0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 1 × ECM-179
P0103 0103 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 1 × ECM-179
P0107 0107 ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC — 2 × ECM-185
P0108 0108 ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC — 2 × ECM-185
P0112 0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 2 × ECM-189
ECM-93
ECM
DTC*1
Items SRT Reference
CONSULT Trip MIL
ECM*3
GST*2
P0113 0113 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 2 × ECM-189
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRC — 1 × ECM-191
P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRC — 1 × ECM-191
P0122 0122 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 — 1 × ECM-194
P0123 0123 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 — 1 × ECM-194
P0130 0130 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × ECM-197
P0131 0131 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × ECM-200
P0132 0132 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × ECM-203
P0137 0137 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × ECM-206
P0138 0138 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × ECM-212
P0139 0139 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × ECM-219
P014C 014C A/F SENSOR1 (B1) × 2 × ECM-225
P014D 014D A/F SENSOR1 (B1) × 2 × ECM-225
P0171 0171 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 — 2 × ECM-230
P0172 0172 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 — 2 × ECM-235
P0190 0190 FUEL PRES SEN/CIRC — 1 × ECM-240
P0197 0197 EOT SEN/CIRC — 2 × ECM-244
P0198 0198 EOT SEN/CIRC — 2 × ECM-244
P0201 0201 INJECTOR CIRC-CYL1 — 2 × ECM-246
P0222 0222 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 — 1 × ECM-247
P0223 0223 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 — 1 × ECM-247
P0300 0300 MULTI CYL MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × or flashing ECM-250
P0301 0301 CYL 1 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × or flashing ECM-250
P0327 0327 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 — ECM-257
P0328 0328 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 — ECM-257
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT — 2 × ECM-259
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 × ECM-263
P0365 0365 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 × ECM-267
P0420 0420 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 × 2 × ECM-271
P0444 0444 PURG VOLUME CONT/V — 2 × ECM-276
P0500*4 0500 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A — 2 × ECM-279

P0506 0506 ISC SYSTEM — 2 × ECM-284
P0507 0507 ISC SYSTEM — 2 × ECM-286
P0520 0520 EOP SENSOR/SWITCH — 2 — ECM-288
P0524 0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE — 1 — ECM-292
P0603 0603 ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT — 2 × ECM-296
ECM-94
ECM
DTC*1
Items SRT Reference A
CONSULT Trip MIL
ECM*3
GST*2
P0604 0604 ECM — 1 × ECM-298 ECM
P0605 0605 ECM — 1 or 2 × or — ECM-299
P0606 0606 CONTROL MODULE — 1 × ECM-300
P0607 0607 ECM — 2 × ECM-302 C
P0611 0611 FIC MODULE — 2 — ECM-303
P062B 062B ECM — 2 × or — ECM-304
D
P062F 062F CONTROL MODULE — 1 × ECM-296
P0643 0643 SENSOR POWER/CIRC — 1 × ECM-306
P0850 0850 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT — 2 × ECM-308 E
P1078 1078 EXH TIM SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 × ECM-313
P1197 1197 FUEL RUN OUT — 2 — ECM-317
F
P1212 1212 TCS/CIRC — 2 — ECM-319
P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP — 1 × ECM-321
P1225 1225 CTP LEARNING-B1 — 2 — ECM-324 G
P1226 1226 CTP LEARNING-B1 — 2 — ECM-325
P155D 155D GENERATOR — 2 — ECM-326
H
P1564 1564 ASCD SW — 1 — ECM-327
P1568 1568 ICC COMMAND VALUE — 1 × ECM-330
P1572 1572 ASCD BRAKE SW — 1 — ECM-332 I
P1574 1574 ASCD VHL SPD SEN — 1 — ECM-338
P161D*5 161D IMMOBILIZER — — — —

J
P161E*5 161E IMMOBILIZER — — — —
P161F*5 161F IMMOBILIZER — — — —

P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT — 1 × ECM-340 K
P2008 2008 TUMBLE CONT/V — 1 — ECM-343
P2100 2100 ETC MOT PWR-B1 — 1 × ECM-347
L
P2101 2101 ETC FNCTN/CIRC-B1 — 1 × ECM-350
P2103 2103 ETC MOT PWR-B1 — 1 × ECM-347
P2118 2118 ETC MOT-B1 — 1 × ECM-353 M
P2119 2119 ETC ACTR-B1 — 1 × ECM-355
P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC — 1 × ECM-357
N
P2123 2123 APP SEN 1/CIRC — 1 — ECM-357
P2127 2127 APP SEN 2/CIRC — 1 × ECM-360
P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC — 1 × ECM-360 O
P2135 2135 TP SENSOR-B1 — 1 × ECM-364
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR — 1 × ECM-367
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
P
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J1979/ ISO 15031-5.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT.
*5: This DTC is related with immobilizer.
ECM-95
ECM
Test Value and Test Limit INFOID:0000000010702853
The following is the information specified in Service $06 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5.
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by On Board Monitor ID (OBDMID), Test ID (TID), Unit and
Scaling ID and can be displayed on the GST screen.
The items of the test value and test limit will be displayed with GST screen which items are provided by the
ECM. (e.g., if bank 2 is not applied on this vehicle, only the items of bank 1 are displayed)
Test value and Test

limit
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
P0131 83H 0BH
cycle
Maximum sensor output voltage for
P0131 84H 0BH
test cycle
P0130 85H 0BH
cycle
P0130 86H 0BH
test cycle
Response rate: Response ratio (lean
P0133 87H 04H
to rich)
Response rate: Response ratio (rich to
P0133 88H 04H
lean)
The amount of shift in air fuel ratio (too
P2A00 or P2096 89H 84H
lean)
P2A00 or P2097 8AH 84H
rich)
P0130 8BH 0BH Difference in sensor output voltage
P0133 8CH 83H Response gain at the limited frequency
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 O2 sensor slow response - Rich to
HO2S 01H P014C 8DH 04H
(Bank 1) lean bank 1 sensor 1
O2 sensor slow response - Rich to
P014C 8EH 04H
lean bank 1 sensor 1
O2 sensor slow response - Lean to rich
P014D 8FH 84H
bank 1 sensor 1
P014D 90H 84H
bank 1 sensor 1
O2 sensor delayed response - Rich to
P015A 91H 01H
P015A 92H 01H
O2 sensor delayed response - Lean to
P015B 93H 01H
rich bank 1 sensor 1
P015B 94H 01H
Response rate: Response ratio (lean
P0133 95H 04H
to rich)
P0133 96H 84H
lean)
ECM-96
ECM
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling ECM
ID
P0138 07H 0CH
cycle
C
P0137 08H 0CH
test cycle
Heated oxygen sensor 2
02H
(Bank 1) P0138 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage D
P0139 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage
Rear O2 sensor delay response diag-
P0139 82H 11H
nosis E
P0143 07H 0CH
cycle
Heated oxygen sensor 3 Maximum sensor output voltage for F

03H P0144 08H 0CH
(Bank 1) test cycle
P0146 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage
P0145 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage G
P0151 83H 0BH
cycle
Maximum sensor output voltage for H
P0151 84H 0BH
test cycle
P0150 85H 0BH
cycle I
P0150 86H 0BH
test cycle
HO2S Response rate: Response ratio (lean J

P0153 87H 04H
to rich)
P0153 88H 04H
lean) K
P2A03 or P2098 89H 84H
lean)
The amount of shift in air fuel ratio (too L
P2A03 or P2099 8AH 84H
rich)
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
05H
(Bank 2) P0150 8BH 0BH Difference in sensor output voltage
P0153 8CH 83H Response gain at the limited frequency M
O2 sensor slow response - Rich to
P014E 8DH 04H
O2 sensor slow response - Rich to N
P014E 8EH 04H
P014F 8FH 84H
bank 2 sensor 1 O
P014F 90H 84H
bank 2 sensor 1
O2 sensor delayed response - Rich to P
P015C 91H 01H
P015C 92H 01H
P015D 93H 01H
ECM-97
ECM
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
P015D 94H 01H
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Response rate: Response ratio (lean
05H P0153 95H 04H
(Bank 2) to rich)
P0153 96H 84H
lean)
P0158 07H 0CH
cycle
P0157 08H 0CH
test cycle
Heated oxygen sensor 2
HO2S 06H
(Bank 2) P0158 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage
Rear O2 sensor delay response diag-
P0159 82H 11H
nosis
P0163 07H 0CH
cycle
Heated oxygen sensor 3 Maximum sensor output voltage for

07H P0164 08H 0CH
(Bank2) test cycle
P0166 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage
P0420 80H 01H O2 storage index
Switching time lag engine exhaust in-
P0420 82H 01H
Three way catalyst function dex value
21H
(Bank1) Difference in 3rd O2 sensor output
P2423 83H 0CH
voltage
CATA- P2423 84H 84H O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst

LYST P0430 80H 01H O2 storage index
Switching time lag engine exhaust in-
P0430 82H 01H
Three way catalyst function dex value
22H
(Bank2) Difference in 3rd O2 sensor output
P2424 83H 0CH
voltage
P2424 84H 84H O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst
Low flow faults: EGR temp change rate
P0400 80H 96H
(short term)
Low flow faults: EGR temp change rate
P0400 81H 96H
(long term)
EGR Low flow faults: Difference between
31H EGR function
SYSTEM P0400 82H 96H max EGR temp and EGR temp under
idling condition
P0400 83H 96H Low flow faults: Max EGR temp
High Flow Faults: EGR temp increase
P1402 84H 96H
rate
ECM-98
ECM
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling ECM
ID
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC
P0011 80H 9DH
alignment check diagnosis)
C
VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC
P0014 81H 9DH
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC D
P0011 82H 9DH
drive failure diagnosis)
P0014 83H 9DH
35H VVT Monitor (Bank1) E
P100A 84H 10H VEL slow response diagnosis
P1090 85H 10H VEL servo system diagnosis
VTC intake intermediate lock function F
P0011 86H 9DH diagnosis (VTC intermediate position
VTC intake intermediate lock system
Advanced: P052A G
87H 9DH diagnosis (VTC intermediate lock posi-
Retarded: P052B
VVT tion check diagnosis)
SYSTEM VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC
P0021 80H 9DH H
P0024 81H 9DH
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC
I
P0021 82H 9DH
P0024 83H 9DH J
36H VVT Monitor (Bank2)
P100B 84H 10H VEL slow response diagnosis
P1093 85H 10H VEL servo system diagnosis
K
VTC intake intermediate lock function
P0021 86H 9DH diagnosis (VTC intermediate position
L
VTC intake intermediate lock system
Advanced: P052C
87H 9DH diagnosis (VTC intermediate lock posi-
Retarded: P052D
tion check diagnosis)
EVAP control system leak Difference in pressure sensor output M
39H P0455 80H 0CH
(Cap Off) voltage before and after pull down
EVAP control system leak Leak area index (for more than 0.04
3BH P0442 80H 05H
(Small leak) inch) N
Leak area index (for more than 0.02
P0456 80H 05H
inch)
EVAP
SYSTEM EVAP control system leak Maximum internal pressure of EVAP O
3CH P0456 81H FDH
(Very small leak) system during monitoring
Internal pressure of EVAP system at
P0456 82H FDH
the end of monitoring P
Difference in pressure sensor output
3DH Purge flow system P0441 83H 0CH voltage before and after vent control
valve close
ECM-99
ECM
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
Low Input: P0031 Converted value of heater electric cur-
41H A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 1) 81H 0BH
High Input: P0032 rent to voltage
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heat- Low Input: P0037 Converted value of heater electric cur-
42H 80H 0CH
er (Bank 1) High Input: P0038 rent to voltage
Heated oxygen sensor 3 heat- Converted value of heater electric cur-
O2 SEN- 43H P0043 80H 0CH
er (Bank 1) rent to voltage
SOR
HEATER Low Input: P0051 Converted value of heater electric cur-
45H A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 2) 81H 0BH
High Input: P0052 rent to voltage
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heat- Low Input: P0057 Converted value of heater electric cur-
46H 80H 0CH
er (Bank 2) High Input: P0058 rent to voltage
Heated oxygen sensor 3 heat- Converted value of heater electric cur-
47H P0063 80H 0CH
er (Bank 2) rent to voltage
Secondary air injection system incor-
P0411 80H 01H
rect flow detected
Bank1: P0491 Secondary air injection system insuffi-
81H 01H
Bank2: P0492 cient flow
Secondary air injection system pump
P2445 82H 01H
stuck off
SEC-
Secondary air injection system high
OND- 71H Secondary air system P2448 83H 01H
airflow
ARY AIR
Bank1: P2440 Secondary air injection system switch-
84H 01H
Bank2: P2442 ing valve stuck open
Secondary air injection system switch-
P2440 85H 01H
ing valve stuck open
Secondary air injection system pump
P2444 86H 01H
stuck on
P0171 or P0172 80H 2FH Long term fuel trim
Fuel injection system function The number of lambda control
81H P0171 or P0172 81H 24H
(Bank 1) clamped
FUEL P117A 82H 03H Cylinder A/F imbalance monitoring

SYSTEM P0174 or P0175 80H 2FH Long term fuel trim
Fuel injection system function The number of lambda control
82H P0174 or P0175 81H 24H
(Bank 2) clamped
P117B 82H 03H Cylinder A/F imbalance monitoring
ECM-100
ECM
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling ECM
ID
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0301 80H 24H
the first cylinder
C
P0302 81H 24H
the second cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of D
P0303 82H 24H
the third cylinder
P0304 83H 24H
the fourth cylinder
E
P0305 84H 24H
the fifth cylinder
P0306 85H 24H
the sixth cylinder
F
P0307 86H 24H
the seventh cylinder
G
P0308 87H 24H
the eighth cylinder
P0300 88H 24H H
the multiple cylinders
P0301 89H 24H
the first cylinder
MISFIRE A1H Multiple cylinder misfires I
P0302 8AH 24H
the second cylinder
P0303 8BH 24H J
the third cylinder
P0304 8CH 24H
the fourth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of K
P0305 8DH 24H
the fifth cylinder
P0306 8EH 24H
the sixth cylinder L
P0307 8FH 24H
the seventh cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of M
P0308 90H 24H
the eighth cylinder
P0300 91H 24H
the single cylinder N
P0300 92H 24H
the single cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of O
P0300 93H 24H
the multiple cylinders
ECM-101
ECM
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
P0301 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
A2H No. 1 cylinder misfire ing cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driving
P0301 0CH 24H
cycles
P0302 0CH 24H
cycles
P0303 0CH 24H
cycles
P0304 0CH 24H
cycles
MISFIRE
P0305 0CH 24H
cycles
P0306 0CH 24H
cycles
P0307 0CH 24H
cycles
P0308 0CH 24H
cycles
ECM-102
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [MR20DD]
WIRING DIAGRAM A
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000010702854
ECM
JRBWC5926GB
ECM-103
JRBWC5927GB
ECM-104
ECM
JRBWC6835GB
ECM-105
JRBWC5929GB
ECM-106
ECM
JRBWC5930GB
ECM-107
JRBWC6836GB
ECM-108
ECM
JRBWC6837GB
ECM-109
JRBWC6838GB
ECM-110
ECM
JRBWC6839GB
ECM-111
JRBWC6840GB
ECM-112
ECM
JRBWC6841GB
ECM-113
JRBWC6842GB
ECM-114
ECM
JRBWC6843GB
ECM-115
JRBWC6844GB
ECM-116
ECM
JRBWC6845GB
ECM-117
JRBWC6846GB
ECM-118
ECM
JRBWC6847GB
ECM-119
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [MR20DD]
BASIC INSPECTION
Work Flow INFOID:0000000010702855
OVERALL SEQUENCE
JSBIA1812GB
*1: Include 1st trip DTC.

*2: Include 1st trip freeze frame data.
ECM-120
DETAILED FLOW
A
1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM
Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when
the incident/malfunction occurred) using the “Diagnostic Work Sheet”. (Refer to ECM-123, "Diagnostic Work ECM
Sheet".)
Malfunction information, obtained>>GO TO 2. C

2.CHECK DTC
1. Check DTC of “ALL DTC Reading”.
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC is displayed. D
- Record DTC and freeze frame data. (Print them out with CONSULT or GST.)
- Erase only DTC of “ENGINE”. Refer to the following.
• With CONSULT: “How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC” inECM-65, "CONSULT Function". E
• Without CONSULT: “How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results” in ECM-63, "On Board Diagnosis Func-
tion".
- Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer. F
(Symptom Table is useful. Refer to ECM-407, "Symptom Table".)
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Is any symptom described and is any DTC detected?
G
Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 4.
Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 5.
H
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MIL ON).
Also study the fail-safe related to the symptom. Refer to ECM-87, "Fail-safe". I
Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
J
>> GO TO 5.
4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer. K
Also study the fail-safe related to the symptom. Refer to ECM-87, "Fail-safe".
Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected. L
>> GO TO 6.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE M
Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the displayed DTC, and then check that DTC is detected
again.
N
If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to ECM-91, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble
diagnosis order.
NOTE:
• Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected. O
• Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service
Manual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during
this check. P
If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIR-
MATION PROCEDURE.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Check according to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
6.PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION
ECM-121
Perform ECM-132, "Work Procedure".
Do you have CONSULT?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 9.
7.PERFORM SPEC IN DATA MONITOR MODE
With CONSULT
Check that “MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR (Hz)”, “B/FUEL SCHDL”, and “A/F ALPHA-B1” are within the SP
value using “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. Refer to ECM-137, "Component Function
Check".
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
Detect malfunctioning part according to ECM-138, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is a malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM TABLE
Detect malfunctioning system according to ECM-407, "Symptom Table" based on the confirmed symptom in
step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptoms.
>> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system.
NOTE:
The Diagnosis Procedure in EC section described based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection
is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnosis Procedure. For details, refer to GI-43, "Circuit Inspec-
tion".
Is a malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related ECM terminals using CON-
SULT. Refer to ECM-73, "Reference Value".
11.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
2. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replace-
ment.
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it.
>> GO TO 12.
12.FINAL CHECK
When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function
Check again, and then make sure that the malfunction have been repaired securely.
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and make sure
that the symptom is not detected.
Is DTC detected and does symptom remain?
YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 10.
YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 6.
NO-1 >> With CONSULT: Before returning the vehicle to the customer, make sure to erase unnecessary
DTC in ECM. (Refer to “How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC” in ECM-65, "CONSULT Function".)
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT: Before returning the vehicle to the customer, make sure to erase unneces-
sary DTC in ECM. (Refer to “How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results” in ECM-63, "On Board Diag-
nosis Function".)
ECM-122
Diagnostic Work Sheet INFOID:0000000010702856
A
DESCRIPTION
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou- ECM
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about symptoms. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus- C
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the WORKSHEET SAMPLE
below in order to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MIL to illuminate or blink, and DTC D
to be detected. Examples:
• Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire.
SEF907L
• Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel to E
evaporate into the atmosphere.
WORKSHEET SAMPLE
F
MTBL0017
ECM-123
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
Description INFOID:0000000010702857
When replacing ECM, the following procedure must be performed. (For details, refer to ECM-124, "Work Pro-
cedure".)
PROGRAMMING OPERATION
NOTE:
After replacing with a blank ECM, programming is required to write ECM information. Be sure to follow the pro-
cedure to perform the programming.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000010702858
1.SAVE ECM DATA

With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
4. Select “SAVING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
5. Follow the instruction of CONSULT display.
NOTE:
• Necessary data in ECM is copied and saved to CONSULT.
• Go to Step 2 regardless of with or without success in saving data.
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECM PART NUMBER
Check ECM part number to see whether it is blank ECM or not.
NOTE:
• Part number of blank ECM is 23703 - ×××××.
• Check part number when ordering ECM or the one included in the label on the container box.
Is the ECM a blank ECM?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 5.
3.SAVE ECM PART NUMBER
Read out the part number from the old ECM and save the number, following the programming instructions.
Refer to CONSULT Operation Manual.
NOTE:
• The ECM part number is saved in CONSULT.
• Even when ECM part number is not saved in CONSULT, go to 4.
>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM ECM PROGRAMMING
After replacing ECM, perform the ECM programming. Refer to CONSULT Operation Manual.
NOTE:
• Refer to ECM-416, "Removal and Installation" for replacement of ECM.
• During programming, maintain the following conditions:
- Ignition switch: ON
- Electric load: OFF
- Brake pedal: Not depressed
- Battery voltage: 12 – 13.5 V (Be sure to check the value of battery voltage by selecting “BATTERY VOLT” in
“Data monitor” of CONSULT.)
>> GO TO 6.
5.REPLACE ECM
ECM-124
Replace ECM. Refer to ECM-416, "Removal and Installation".
A
>> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM INITIALIZATION OF IVIS (NATS) SYSTEM AND REGISTRATION OF ALL IVIS (NATS) IGNI- ECM
TION KEY IDS
Refer to SEC-80, "Work Procedure".
C
>> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK ECM DATA STATUS
D
Check if the data is successfully copied from the ECM at Step 1 (before replacement) and saved in CONSULT.
Is the data saved successfully?
YES >> GO TO 8. E
NO >> GO TO 9.
8.WRITE ECM DATA
With CONSULT F
1. Select “WRITING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
NOTE: G
The data saved by “SAVING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” is written to ECM.
>> GO TO 10. H
9.PERFORM VIN REGISTRATION
Refer to ECM-126, "Work Procedure".
I
>> GO TO 10.
10.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING J
Perform accelerator pedal released position learning. Refer to ECM-127, "Work Procedure".
K
>> GO TO 11.
11.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform throttle valve closed position learning. Refer to ECM-128, "Work Procedure". L
>> GO TO 12.
M
12.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Perform idle air volume learning. Refer to ECM-129, "Work Procedure".
N
>> END
ECM-125
VIN REGISTRATION
VIN REGISTRATION
VIN Registration is an operation to registering VIN in ECM. It must be performed each time ECM is replaced.
1.CHECK VIN
Check the VIN of the vehicle and note it. Refer to GI-24, "Information About Identification or Model Code".
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM VIN REGISTRATION
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and engine stopped.
2. Select “VIN REGISTRATION” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE”.
>> END
ECM-126
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
A
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully released position of the ECM
accelerator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each
time harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000010702862 C
1.START
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released. D
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
4. Repeat steps 2 to 3 for three times. E
>> END
F
ECM-127
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully closed position of the throttle
valve by monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time the harness con-
nector of the electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected or electric throttle control actuator inside
is cleaned.
1.START
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
Check that throttle valve moves during the above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
>> END
ECM-128
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
A
Idle Air Volume Learning is a function of ECM to learn the idle air volume that keeps engine idle speed within ECM
the specific range. It must be performed under the following conditions:
• Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
• Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification.
C
1.PRECONDITIONING D
Check that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment.
• Battery voltage: More than 12.9 V (At idle) E
• Engine coolant temperature: 70 – 100°C (158 – 212°F)
• Selector lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T)
• Electric load switch: OFF
(Air conditioner, headlamp, rear window defogger) F
• Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position) position
• Vehicle speed: Stopped
• Transmission: Warmed-up (Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.) G
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3. H
2.IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
With CONSULT
I
1. Perform “ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING”. Refer to ECM-127, "Work Proce-
dure".
2. Perform “THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING”. Refer to ECM-128, "Work Procedure".
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. J
4. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
5. Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds.
Is “CMPLT” displayed on CONSULT screen? K
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
3.IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING L
Without CONSULT
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock. M
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has a mal-
function.
1. Perform “ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING”. Refer to ECM-127, "Work Proce- N
dure".
2. Perform “THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING”. Refer to ECM-128, "Work Procedure".
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
O
5. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
6. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
- Fully depress the accelerator pedal. P
- Fully release the accelerator pedal.
7. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 20 seconds until the MIL stops
blinking and turned ON.
8. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MIL turned ON.
ECM-129
10. Wait 20 seconds.
SEC897C
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK IDLE SPEED AND IGNITION TIMING
Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the specifi-
cations. For specification, refer to ECM-417, "Idle Speed" and ECM-417, "Ignition Timing".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART-1
Check the following
• Check that throttle valve is fully closed.
• Check PCV valve operation.
• Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage.
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART-2
Engine component parts and their installation condition are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of
the incident.
It is useful to perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS – SPECIFICATION VALUE”. Refer to ECM-137, "Description".
If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the incident and
perform “IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING” all over again:
• Engine stalls
• Erroneous idle
>> INSPECTION END
ECM-130
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR
A
This describes how to erase the mixture ratio self-learning value. For the actual procedure, follow the instruc- ECM
tions in “Diagnosis Procedure”.
C
1.START
With CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. D
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
3. Clear mixture ratio self-learning value by touching “CLEAR”.
Without CONSULT E
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
F
4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
6. Check DTC. Make sure DTC P0102 is detected.
7. Erase the DTC P0102. Refer to ECM-63, "On Board Diagnosis Function". G
8. Check DTC. Make sure DTC P0000 is detected.
>> END H
ECM-131
BASIC INSPECTION
BASIC INSPECTION
1.INSPECTION START
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
2. Open engine hood and check the following:
- Harness connectors for improper connections
- Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
- Hoses and ducts for leaks
- Air cleaner clogging
- Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
- Headlamp switch is OFF.
- Air conditioner switch is OFF.
- Rear window defogger switch is OFF.
SEF983U
- Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.
5. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no
load.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT or Diagnos-
tic Test Mode II (self-diagnostic results).
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
SEF977U
2.REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure.
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no
load, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute.
3. Check idle speed.
For procedure, refer to ECM-412, "Inspection".
For specification, refer to ECM-417, "Idle Speed".
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 4.
PBIA8513J
4.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING

1. Stop the engine.
2. Perform accelerator pedal released position learning. Refer to ECM-127, "Work Procedure".
>> GO TO 5.
ECM-132
BASIC INSPECTION
Perform throttle valve closed position learning. Refer to ECM-128, "Work Procedure".
A
>> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING ECM
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
YES >> GO TO 7. C
NO >> Follow the instruction of IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING. Then GO TO 4.
7.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
D
For specification, refer to ECM-417, "Idle Speed". E
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 8. F
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the Following. G
• Check camshaft position sensor and circuit. Refer to ECM-263, "DTC Description".
• Check exhaust valve timing control position sensor and circuit. Refer to ECM-267, "DTC Description".
• Check crankshaft position sensor and circuit. Refer to ECM-259, "DTC Description".
H
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair or replace. Then GO TO 4.
I
9.CHECK ECM FUNCTION
Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but this
is a rare case.) J
>> GO TO 4.
10.CHECK IGNITION TIMING K
1. Run engine at idle.

2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
L
: Timing indicator
For procedure, refer to ECM-413, "Inspection". M

For specification, refer to ECM-417, "Ignition Timing".
YES >> GO TO 19. N
NO >> GO TO 11.
JMBIA0315ZZ
O
11.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
1. Stop the engine.
2. Perform accelerator pedal released position learning. Refer to ECM-127, "Work Procedure". P
>> GO TO 12.
Perform throttle valve closed position learning. Refer to ECM-128, "Work Procedure".
ECM-133
BASIC INSPECTION
>> GO TO 13.
13.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Follow the instruction of IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING. Then GO TO 4.
14.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> GO TO 17.
15.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN
1. Run engine at idle.
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
: Timing indicator

For specification, refer to ECM-417, "Ignition Timing".
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> GO TO 16.
JMBIA0315ZZ
16.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION

Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-184, "Removal and Installation".
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> Repair the timing chain installation. Then GO TO 4.
Check the Following.
• Check camshaft position sensor and circuit. Refer to ECM-263, "DTC Description".
• Check exhaust valve timing control position sensor and circuit. Refer to ECM-267, "DTC Description".
• Check crankshaft position sensor and circuit. Refer to ECM-259, "DTC Description".
YES >> GO TO 18.
NO >> Repair or replace. Then GO TO 4.
18.CHECK ECM FUNCTION
Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but this
is a rare case.)
>> GO TO 4.
19.INSPECTION END
If ECM is replaced during this BASIC INSPECTION procedure, perform ECM-124, "Work Procedure".
>> INSPECTION END
ECM-134
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
A
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE ECM

1.FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE
With CONSULT C
2. Perform “ENGINE” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
3. Start the engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. D
Without CONSULT
1. Remove fuel pump fuse located in IPDM E/R. E
3. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure. F
5. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system.
G
>> INSPECTION END
JSBIA0597ZZ H
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
1.FUEL PRESSURE CHECK I
1. Release fuel pressure.
2. Connect fuel hose for fuel pressure check (B) to fuel pressure
gauge (A) (SST: ST19590000). Then, connect fuel hose for fuel J
pressure check to fuel tube adapter (D) (SST: KV10120000) with
hose clamp (C).
K
: To high pressure fuel pump
: To quick connector
L
CAUTION:
• Use suitable fuel hose for fuel pressure check (genuine PBIB2982E
NISSAN fuel hose) M
• To avoid unnecessary force or tension to hose, use moderately long fuel hose for fuel pressure
check.
• Wipe off oil or dirt from hose insertion part using cloth moistened with gasoline.
• Apply proper amount of gasoline on the hose insertion part. N
• Use NISSAN genuine hose clamp (part number: 16439 N4710 or 16439 N4710)
• Install hose clamp to the hose end position within 1- 2 mm (0.04 - 0.08 in) and tighten hose clamp
to the specified torque. O
Tightening torque: 1 - 1.5 N·m (0.1 - 0.15 kg−m)

3. Disconnect quick connector and disconnect fuel feed hose from high pressure fuel pump. Refer to EM- P
164, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Make sure to release fuel pressure before removal of fuel line.
• Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible.
NOTE:
• Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel pres-
sure cannot be completely released because this models do not have fuel return system.
ECM-135
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
• Use fuel tube adapter (SST: KV10120000) and fuel pressure gauge (SST: ST19590000) to check fuel
pressure.
4. Install fuel hose for fuel pressure check to high pressure fuel
pump with hose clamp.
CAUTION:
• Wipe off oil or dirt from hose insertion part using cloth
moistened with gasoline.
• Apply proper amount of gasoline on the hose insertion
part.
• Insert fuel hose for fuel pressure check until it touches-
the spool on high pressure fuel pump .
• Use NISSAN genuine hose clamp (part number:
16439 N4710 or 16439 40U00). JPBIA4923GB
• Install hose clamp to the hose end position within 1- 2 mm
(0.04 - 0.08 in) and tighten hose clamp to the specified torque.
Tightening torque: 1 - 1.5 N·m (0.1 - 0.15 kg−m)

• After connecting fuel hose for fuel pressure check, pull the hose with a force of approximately
100 N (approximately 10 kg, 22 lb) to confirm fuel sub tube does not come off.
5. Install fuel pressure check adapter to quick connector of fuel
feed hose.
6. Turn ignition switch ON and check for fuel leakage.
7. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
8. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge (A).
: Approximately 500 kPa (5.0 bar,

At idling
5.1 kg/cm2, 73psi)
YES >> INSPECTION END JSBIA1305ZZ
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL HOSE
Check fuel hose for clogging.
YES >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
NO >> Replace fuel filter and fuel pump assembly. Refer to FL-18, "Exploded View".
ECM-136
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [MR20DD]
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS A
ECM
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “SPEC” of “DATA MONI-
TOR” mode of CONSULT during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “SPEC” of
“DATA MONITOR” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value C
in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one
or more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the D
MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
• B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correc-
tion) E
• A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
• MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR (Hz) (The signal frequency of the mass air flow sensor)
F
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010702872
1.START
G
Make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
• Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles)
• Atmospheric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2, 14.25 - 15.12 psi) H
• Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
• Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F)
• Transmission: Warmed-up
- After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “ATF TEMP SEN” (CVT I
fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60°C (140°F).
• Electrical load: Not applied*
• Engine speed: Idle J
*: Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight
ahead.
K
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM “SPEC” OF “DATA MONITOR” MODE
L
With CONSULT
NOTE:
Perform “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform ECM-132, "Work Procedure". M
2. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR (Hz)” in “SPEC” of “DATA
MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
3. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
N
YES >> END
NO >> Proceed to ECM-138, "Diagnosis Procedure". O
ECM-137
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010702873
OVERALL SEQUENCE
PBIB2318E
ECM-138
ECM
PBIB3213E
DETAILED PROCEDURE P
1.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to ECM-137, "Component Function Check".
3. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the each indication is
within the SP value.
ECM-139
NOTE:
Check “A/F ALPHA-B1” for approximately 1 minute because they may fluctuate. It is NG if the indication is
out of the SP value even a little.
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO-1 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 2.
NO-2 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 3.
2.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> More than the SP value: GO TO 19.
SP value.
YES >> GO TO 6.
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect PCV hose, and then plug it.
3. Start engine.
4. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within
the SP value.
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 6.
5.CHANGE ENGINE OIL
1. Stop the engine.
2. Change engine oil.
NOTE:
This symptom may occur when a large amount of gasoline is mixed with engine oil because of driving
conditions (such as when engine oil temperature does not rise enough since a journey distance is too
short during winter). The symptom will not be detected after changing engine oil or changing driving con-
dition.
>> INSPECTION END

6.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
Check fuel pressure. (Refer to ECM-135, "Work Procedure".)
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO-1 >> Fuel pressure is too high: Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”, refer to FL-19, "Removal
and Installation", and then GO TO 8.
NO-2 >> Fuel pressure is too low: GO TO 7.
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging
YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”, refer to FL-19, "Removal and Installation", and then
GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace and then GO TO 8.
ECM-140
8.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” A

1. Start engine.
the SP value.
ECM
NO >> GO TO 9.
C
9. PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
2. Make sure that the each cylinder produces a momentary engine speed drop. D
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 10. E
Check the following. F
1. Ignition coil and its circuit (Refer to ECM-385, "Component Function Check".)
2. Fuel injector and its circuit (Refer to ECM-372, "Component Function Check".)
3. Intake air leakage
4. Low compression pressure (Refer to EM-136, "Inspection".) G
YES >> Replace fuel injector, refer to EM-164, "Removal and Installation", and then GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part and then GO TO 11. H

1. Start engine. I
the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value? J
NO >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 FUNCTION K
Perform all DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE related with A/F sensor 1.
• For DTC P0130, refer to ECM-197, "DTC Description".
• For DTC P0131, refer to ECM-200, "DTC Description". L
• For DTC P0132, refer to ECM-203, "DTC Description".
• For DTC P014C, P014D, refer to ECM-225, "DTC Description".
Is any DTC detected? M
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> GO TO 13.
13.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT N
Perform DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE according to corresponding DTC.
O
>> GO TO 14.
1. Start engine. P
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the each indication is
NO >> GO TO 15.
15.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR
ECM-141
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage, and then reconnect it.
>> GO TO 16.
1. Start engine.
the SP value.
NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to ECM-407, "Symptom Table".
SP value.
1. Check for the cause of large engine friction. Refer to the following.
- Engine oil level is too high
- Engine oil viscosity
- Belt tension of power steering, alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive
- Noise from engine
- Noise from transmission, etc.
2. Check for the cause of insufficient combustion. Refer to the following.
- Valve clearance malfunction
- Intake valve timing control function malfunction
- Camshaft sprocket installation malfunction, etc.
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 30.

19.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system
YES >> GO TO 21.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 20.
20.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, AND “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
NO >> “B/FUEL SCHDL” is more, “A/F ALPHA-B1” is less than the SP value: GO TO 21.
21.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage and
then reconnect it again.
>> GO TO 22.
ECM-142
22.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” A

1. Start engine.
the SP value.
ECM
YES >> Detect malfunctioning part of mass air flow sensor circuit and repair it. Refer to ECM-179, "DTC
Description". Then GO TO 29.
C
NO >> GO TO 23.
23.CHECK “MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR (HZ)”
Select “MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR (Hz)” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indi- D
cation is within the SP value.
YES >> GO TO 24. E
NO >> More than the SP value: Replace mass air flow sensor, refer to EM-147, "Removal and Installa-
tion", and then GO TO 29.
24.REPLACE ECM F
Replace ECM. Refer to ECM-416, "Removal and Installation".
G
>> GO TO 29.
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following. H
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element I
• Improper specification of intake air system
YES >> GO TO 27. J
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 26.
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the K
SP value.
L
NO >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 27.
27.CHECK “MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR (HZ)” M
Select “MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR (Hz)” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indi-
cation is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value? N
YES >> GO TO 28.
NO >> Less than the SP value: Replace mass air flow sensor, refer to EM-147, "Removal and Installa-
tion", and then GO TO 30. O
Check for the cause of air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Disconnection, looseness, and cracks in air duct P
• Looseness of oil filler cap
• Disconnection of oil level gauge
• Open stuck, breakage, hose disconnection, or cracks of PCV valve
• Disconnection or cracks of EVAP purge hose, open stuck of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve
• Malfunctioning seal of rocker cover gasket
• Disconnection, looseness, or cracks of hoses, such as vacuum hose, connecting to intake air system parts
ECM-143
• Malfunctioning seal of intake air system, etc.
>> GO TO 30.
29.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” AND “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the
indication is within the SP value.
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and then make sure that the indication is
ECM-144
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
A
1.CHECK FUSE ECM

2. Check that the following fuse is not fusing.
C
Location Fuse No. Capacity
#52 15 A
IPDM E/R D
#65 5A
Is the fuse fusing?
YES >> Replace the fuse. (Check the power supply if it fuses again.) E
NO >> Go to 2.
2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
Check ground connection E4 and E5. Refer to GI-43, "Circuit Inspection". F
YES >> Go to 3.
G
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
3.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. H
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground.
+ I
ECM Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
J
F15 11
54
55 K
F16
56
Ground Existed
62
L
123
E57 125
128 M
3. Also check harness for short to power.
YES >> Go to 4. N
4.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY-1
O
1. Reconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
P
ECM
Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
E57 121 128 Battery voltage
ECM-145
YES >> Go to 5.
NO >> Go to 6.
5.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY-2
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
After turning ignition switch OFF, battery
E57 121 128 Ignition switch ON → OFF voltage will exist for a few seconds and drop
to approximately 0 V.
YES >> Go to 9.
NO >> Go to 7.
6.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E57 121 F90 103 Existed
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply.
7.CHECK ECM RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Ignition switch ON 0V
E57 121 128 Turn ignition switch OFF and
Battery voltage
wait at least 10 seconds.
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Go to 8.
8.CHECK ECM RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT
ECM-146
+ − A
ECM
E57 121 F90 103 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-67, "Removal and Installation".
9.CHECK IGNITION SWITCH SIGNAL D

2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.
E
ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition F
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Ignition switch OFF 0V
E57 109 128
Ignition switch ON Battery voltage G

YES >> Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". H
NO >> Go to 10.
10.CHECK IGNITION SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector. J
+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity K
E57 109 E38 19 Existed
L
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply. M
ECM-147
U0101 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010702875
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
LOST COMM (TCM) When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal of
U0101
(Lost communication with TCM) OBD (emission-related diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted)
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to ECM-148, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-24, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow
Chart".
ECM-148
A
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- ECM
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
D
CAN COMM CIRCUIT When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal oth-
E
U1001
(CAN COMM CIRCUIT) er than OBD (emission-related diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE F
Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted)
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable G
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
Is 1st trip DTC detected? I
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END J
Perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-24, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow K
Chart".
ECM-149
U1040 ENG COMM CIRCUIT
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

ENG COMM CIRCUIT
U1040 ECM cannot transmit a communication signal to generator.
(Engine communication circuit)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(LIN communication circuit is open or shorted.)
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
1. Turn ignition ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
NO >> INSPECTION END
1.CHECK LIN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and alternator harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and alternator harness connector.
+ −
ECM Alternator Continuity
F15 45 F54 2 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power and short to ground.
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
2.REPLACE GENERATOR
1. Replace alternator. Refer to CHG-52, "MR20DD : Removal and Installation".
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. Refer to ECM-150, "DTC Description".
ECM-150
Is DTC detected again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to ECM-416, "Removal and Installation". A
ECM
ECM-151
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

ENG COMM CIRCUIT A signal voltage of LIN communication between ECM and generator is ex-
U1044
(Engine communication circuit) cessively low or excessively high.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Generator
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted. always perform the following procedure
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

+ −
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE GENERATOR
2. Erase DTC.
ECM-152
Is DTC detected again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to ECM-416, "Removal and Installation". A
ECM
ECM-153
U1050, U1051 LIN COMMUNICATION
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

U1050
LIN COMMUNICATION ECM detects LIN communication error.
U1051
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Generator
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

+ −
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE GENERATOR
2. Erase DTC.
ECM-154
Is DTC detected again? A
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to ECM-416, "Removal and Installation".
ECM
ECM-155
P0011 IVT CONTROL
P0011 IVT CONTROL
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

INT/V TIM CONT-B1
P0011 “A” Camshaft position - timing over-ad- There is a gap between angle of target and phase-control angle degree.
vanced or system performance bank 1)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Camshaft position sensor
• Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of the camshaft
• Timing chain installation
• Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for intake valve timing control
FAIL-SAFE
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode

ence position.
Device fix mode
• The intake manifold runner control valve motor is turned OFF (intake manifold runner valve
opens).

1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0011 is displayed with DTC P0075, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0075.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to ECM-170, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 11 V and 16 V at
idle.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds. Hold the accelerator pedal as
steady as possible.
ENG SPEED 1,200 - 2,000 rpm
ECM-156
P0011 IVT CONTROL
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 60°C (140°F)
A
P or N position (CVT)
Selector lever
Neutral position (M/T)
4. Stop vehicle with engine running and let engine idle for 10 seconds.
5. Check 1st trip DTC. ECM
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? C
NO >> GO TO 4.
D
With CONSULT
1. Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds. E
ENG SPEED 1,200 - 3,175 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)

COOLAN TEMP/S More than 60°C (140°F) F
D position (CVT)
Selector lever
1st or 2nd position (M/T)
Driving vehicle uphill G
Driving location (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.)
CAUTION: H
Always drive at a safe speed.
With GST I
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above.
YES >> Proceed to ECM-157, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010702886 K

L
M
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
1. Start engine. N
2. Check engine oil pressure warning lamp and confirm it is not illu-
minated.
Is engine oil pressure warning lamp illuminated? O
YES >> Check the engine oil level. Refer to LU-22, "Inspection".
NO >> GO TO 3.
P
PBIA8559J
3.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to ECM-158, "Component Inspection".
ECM-157
P0011 IVT CONTROL
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-183, "Exploded View".
4.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-222, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-196, "Exploded View".
6.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)
Check the following.
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft. Refer to EM-197,
"Removal and Installation".
PBIA9557J

Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misalignment.
Are there any service records that may cause timing chain misalignment?
YES >> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-194, "Inspection".
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT
Perform “Inspection of Camshaft Sprocket (INT) Oil Groove”. Refer to EM-200, "Inspection".
NO >> Clean lubrication line.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010702887
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-1

2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as per the following.
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve

+ − Resistance
Terminals
1 2 6.7 - 7.7 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
1
Ground Not exist
2
ECM-158
P0011 IVT CONTROL
YES >> GO TO 2. A
NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-183, "Exploded
View".
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-2 ECM
1. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
2. Provide battery voltage between intake valve timing control sole-
noid valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Check that the C
plunger moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Never apply battery voltage continuously for 5 seconds or D
more. Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake
valve timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control solenoid E
valve is removed.
Is the inspection result normal? JMBIA0097ZZ
YES >> INSPECTION END F

View".
G
ECM-159
P0014 EVT CONTROL
P0014 EVT CONTROL
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

EXH/V TIM CONT-B1
P0014 “B” Camshaft position - timing over-ad- There is a gap between angle of target and phase-control angle degree.
vanced or system performance bank 1)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve
• Timing chain installation
• Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for exhaust valve timing control
FAIL-SAFE

ence position.
Device fix mode
valve opens).

NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
NOTE:
• Use component function check to check the overall function of Exhaust valve timing control. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
• If the cause is a temporal jamming of debris, it may be back to normal during the following procedure.
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misalignment. If there are,
check timing chain installation first.
3. Set the oscilloscope probe between ECM and ground.
ECM
+ – Signal names
Connector
Terminal
48 44 Crankshaft position sensor
F15
46 42 Exhaust valve timing control position sensor
4. Record the wave pattern of the crankshaft position sensor signal and the exhaust valve timing control
position sensor signal at idling.
5. Record the wave pattern of the crankshaft position sensor signal and the exhaust valve timing control
position sensor signal when the accelerator pedal is depressed quickly.
ECM-160
P0014 EVT CONTROL
6. Compare both wave patterns and confirm that the exhaust valve timing control position sensor signal is
shifted to the back side. A
ECM
JSBIA5009GB
F
YES-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
YES-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END G
NO >> Proceed to ECM-161, "Diagnosis Procedure".
H
Is applicable DTC detected? I
NO >> GO TO 2.
J
2.CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
1. Start engine.
2. Check that engine oil pressure warning lamp is not illuminated. K
Is engine oil pressure warning lamp illuminated?
YES >> Proceed to LU-22, "Inspection".
NO >> GO TO 3. L
PBIA8559J N
3.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
O
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-183, "Exploded
View". P
4.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning crankshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-222, "Exploded View".
ECM-161
P0014 EVT CONTROL
5.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR

YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning exhaust valve timing control position sensor. Refer to EM-196, "Exploded
View".
6.CHECK CAMSHAFT (EXH)
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft front end
YES >> GO TO 7.
front end or replace camshaft. Refer to EM-197,
PBIA9557J

Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misaligned.
Are there any service records that may cause timing chain misaligned?
YES >> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-194, "Inspection".
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT
Perform “Inspection of Camshaft Sprocket (EXT) Oil Groove”. Refer to EM-200, "Inspection".
NO >> Clean lubrication line.
1.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-1

2. Disconnect exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as per the following.
Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve

+ − Resistance
Terminal
1 2 6.7 -7.7 Ω (at 20°C)
1
Ground Not exist
2
YES >> GO TO 2.
View".
1. Remove exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve.
ECM-162
P0014 EVT CONTROL
2. Provide battery voltage between exhaust valve timing control
solenoid valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Check A
that the plunger moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Do not apply battery voltage continuously for 5 seconds or
ECM
more. Doing so may result in damage to the coil in exhaust
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when exhaust valve timing control sole- C
noid valve is removed.
YES >> INSPECTION END D

View".
E
ECM-163
P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

A/F SEN1 HTR (B1)
An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the A/F sensor 1
P0031 (HO2S heater control circuit low bank 1
heater.
sensor 1)
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1)
An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM through the A/F sensor
P0032 (HO2S heater control circuit high bank 1
1 heater.
sensor 1)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
P0031
• Harness or connectors (The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is open or shorted.)
• The A/F sensor 1 heater
P0032
• Harness or connectors (The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is shorted.)
• The A/F sensor 1 heater
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

2. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.
+
A/F sensor 1 Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F74 4 Ground Battery voltage
ECM-164
YES >> GO TO 2. A
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
ECM
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
C
+ −
A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity
D
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. E
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. F
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER

Refer to ECM-165, "Component Inspection". G
NO >> GO TO 4. H
4.REPLACE A/F SENSOR 1
Replace malfunctioning A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-153, "Exploded View".
I
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads. J
>> INSPECTION END

K
1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER L

3. Check resistance between A/F sensor 1 terminals as per the following. M
A/F sensor 1
+ − Resistance N
Terminal
1.80 - 2.44 Ω [at 25°C
4
(77°F)] O
3
1
2
Not exist P
1
4
2
NO >> GO TO 2.
ECM-165
CAUTION:
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads.
>> INSPECTION END
ECM-166
P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
A
DTC DETECTION LOGIC ECM

(Trouble diagnosis content) C
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the heated oxy-
P0037 (HO2S heater control circuit low bank 1
gen sensor 2 heater.
sensor 2)
D
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM through the heated oxy-
P0038 (HO2S heater control circuit high bank 1
gen sensor 2 heater.
sensor 2)
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
P0037
• Harness or connectors (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is open or shorted.) F
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0038
• Harness or connectors (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is shorted.) G
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
FAIL-SAFE
H
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING I
TESTING CONDITION: J
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 11 to 16 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2. K

1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. L
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
M
YES >> Proceed to ECM-167, "Diagnosis Procedure". N
O
1.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 (HO2S2) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. P
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between HO2S2 harness connector and ground.
ECM-167
+
HO2S2 Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HO2S2 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
HO2S2 ECM Continuity
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HO2S2 HEATER
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-11, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads.
>> INSPECTION END

1.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER

3. Check resistance between HO2S2 terminals as follows.
HO2S2
+ − Resistance
Terminal
3.4 - 4.4 Ω [at 25°C
4 3
(77°F)]
ECM-168
HO2S2
A
+ − Resistance
Terminal
2 ECM
1 3
4
Not exist
1 C
4 2
3
D
NO >> GO TO 2. E
CAUTION: F
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads. G
>> INSPECTION END

H
ECM-169
P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 An improper voltage is sent to the ECM through intake valve timing control
P0075
(Intake valve control solenoid circuit bank 1) solenoid valve.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
• Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
FAIL-SAFE

ence position.
Device fix mode
valve opens).

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-1
2. Disconnect intake valve timing (IVT) control solenoid valve harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between IVT control solenoid valve harness connector and ground.
+
IVT control solenoid valve Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-2
ECM-170
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector. A
3. Check the continuity between IVT control solenoid valve harness connector and IPDM E/R harness con-
nector.
ECM
+ −
IVT control solenoid valve IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal C
D
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. E
3.CHECK IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. F
3. Check the continuity between IVT control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ − G
IVT control solenoid valve ECM Continuity
H
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE J

Is the inspection result normal? K
NO >> Replace malfunctioning IVT control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-183, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010702899 L

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as per the following.
N
IVT control solenoid valve
+ − Resistance
O
Terminal
6.7 - 7.7 Ω [at 20°C
1 2
(68°F)]
P
1
Ground Not exist
2
YES >> GO TO 2.
View".
ECM-171

1. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
2. Provide battery voltage between intake valve timing control sole-
noid valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Check that the
plunger moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Never apply battery voltage continuously for 5 seconds or
more. Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control solenoid
valve is removed.

View".
ECM-172
P0078 EVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
A

EX V/T ACT/CIRC-B1
An improper voltage is sent to the ECM through exhaust valve timing con-
P0078 (Exhaust valve control solenoid circuit bank
trol solenoid valve.
1)
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
- Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted. E
- Sensor power supply circuit 2 is shorted.
• Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve
• Sensor power supply circuit 2 sensor
F
FAIL-SAFE
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode G

ence position. H
Device fix mode
valve opens).
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at J
>> GO TO 2. K
L
M
N
1.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. O
2. Disconnect exhaust valve timing (EVT) control solenoid valve harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between EVT control solenoid valve harness connector and ground.
P
+
EVT control solenoid valve Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
ECM-173
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between EVT control solenoid valve harness connector and IPDM E/R harness con-
nector.
+ −
EVT control solenoid valve IPDM E/R Continuity
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for the power supply circuit.
3.CHECK EVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between EVT control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
+ −
EVT control solenoid valve ECM Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK EVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
NO >> Replace malfunctioning EVT control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-183, "Exploded View".

2. Disconnect exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as per the following.
EVT control solenoid valve

+ − Resistance
Terminal
6.7 -7.7 Ω [at 20°C
1 2
(68°F)]
1
Ground Not exist.
2
ECM-174
YES >> GO TO 2. A
View".
2.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-2 ECM
1. Remove exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve.
2. Provide battery voltage between exhaust valve timing control
solenoid valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Check C
that the plunger moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Do not apply battery voltage continuously for 5 seconds or D
more. Doing so may result in damage to the coil in exhaust
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when exhaust valve timing control sole- E
noid valve is removed.

NO >> Replace exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-183, "Exploded View".
ECM-175
P0087, P0088, P0090 FRP CONTROL SYSTEM
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
DTC P0087, P0088 or P0090 may be displayed when running out of gas.

The following condition continues for 5 seconds or more after engine start.
P0087 LOW FUEL PRES
• Target fuel pressure− Actual fuel pressure > 2.7 MPa
P0088 HIGH FUEL PRES
• Actual fuel pressure − Target fuel pressure > 2.7 MPa
P0090 FUEL PRESSURE CONTROL FUNCTION • Fuel rail pressure remains at 1.1 MPa or less.
• Fuel rail pressure remains at 18.5 MPa or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
- The high pressure fuel pump circuit is open or shorted.
- The low pressure fuel pump circuit is open or shorted.
• High pressure fuel pump
• High pressure fuel pump system
• Low pressure fuel pump
• Low pressure fuel pump system
• Fuel pressure regulator
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
• Incorrect hose connection
• Out of gas
FAIL-SAFE

Accelerator an-
Traveling con- causes a drop in accelerating performance and encourages the driver to repair malfunction.
gle variation
trol mode NOTE:
control
ECM does not control the accelerator pedal releasing speed.
Stratified charge
Combustion combustion
control mode control at start-
ing

If DTC P0087, P0088 or P0090 is displayed with DTC P1197, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P1197.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
ECM-176
>> GO TO 3.
3.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1 A
1. Check that the fuel tank is 1/8 full of fuel.

2. Warm up the engine to the normal operating temperature and keep the engine speed at idle for 15 sec-
ECM
onds.
NOTE:
Warm up the engine until “COOLAN TEMP/S” on “DATA MONITOR” of CONSULT reaches at least 70°C
(158°F). C
YES >> Proceed to ECM-173, "Diagnosis Procedure". D
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2
E
1. Cool the engine until the engine coolant temperature reaches 60°C (140°F) or less.
2. Start the engine and wait at least 40 seconds.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? F
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END G
H
If DTC P0087, P0088 or P0090 is displayed with DTC P1197, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P1197. I
NO >> GO TO 2. J
2.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
K
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace high pressure fuel pump. Refer to EM-159, "Removal and Installation".
L
3.CHECK FUEL LEAKAGE
2. Visually check that the fuel pump, fuel rail, and fuel piping have no fuel leakage. M
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. N
1.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP-1 O

2. Disconnect high pressure fuel pump harness connector.
3. Check the resistance between high pressure fuel pump terminals as follows. P
ECM-177
High pressure fuel pump

+ − Condition Resistance
Terminal
Temperature 20 – 30 (68
1 2 0.46 - 0.51 Ω
°C (°F) – 86)
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP-2
WITH CONSULT
1. Reconnect high pressure fuel pump harness connector.
3. Check “FUEL PRES SEN” in “DATA MONITOR” of “ENGINE” with CONSULT.
Voltage
Data monitor item Condition
(Approx.)
Engine speed: idle 820 – 1,140 mV
FUEL PRES SEN V Engine speed: Revving engine
820 – 2,900 mV
from idle to 4,000 rpm
WITHOUT CONSULT
2. Check fuel rail pressure sensor signal voltage.
+
Voltage
Fuel rail pressure sensor Ground Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Engine speed: idle 0.82 – 1.14 V
F95 2 Ground Engine speed: Revving engine
0.82 – 2.9 V
from idle to 4,000 rpm
ECM-178
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
A

MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM during engine
P0102
(Mass or volume air flow “A” circuit low) running.
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 D
P0103 An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
(Mass or volume air flow “A” circuit high)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
E
P0102
• Harness or connectors [The mass air flow sensor (bank 1) circuit is open or shorted.]
• Intake air leaks
• Mass air flow sensor F
P0103
• Harness or connectors [The mass air flow sensor (bank 1) circuit is open or shorted.]
G
• Mass air flow sensor
FAIL-SAFE
H
ECM controls the accelerator pedal depression speed to make it slower than actual speed. This I
Accelerator an-
gle variation
control
J
ence position.
K
Device fix mode
valve opens).
Stratified charge L
combustion
control at start-
ing
M
Idle speed con-
trol
Recovery speed
N
Idle neutral con-
Stops idle neutral control. O
trol
Ignition timing
trol P
Retardation
control

1.PRECONDITIONING
ECM-179
Which DTC is detected?
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
2.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-DTC P0102
1. Start engine and let it idle at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
3.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-P0103-1
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-DTC P0103-2
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the detected DTC. Refer to ECM-179, "DTC Description".
Which DTC is detected?
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
Check the following for connection.
• Air duct
• Vacuum hoses
• Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Reconnect the parts.
3.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
2. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between mass air flow (MAF) sensor harness connector and ground.
+
MAF sensor Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
ECM-180
YES >> GO TO 5. A
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
ECM
3. Check the continuity between mass air flow (MAF) sensor harness connector and IPDM E/R harness con-
nector. C
+ −
D
MAF sensor IPDM E/R Continuity
F73 5 F90 103 Existed E
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. F
5.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT G
3. Check the continuity between mass air flow (MAF) sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
H
tor.
+ −
I
MAF sensor ECM Continuity
F73 4 F15 20 Existed J
K
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT L
1. Check the continuity between mass air flow (MAF) sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
M
+ −
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal N
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. O
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. P
7.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace mass air flow (MAF) sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). Refer to EM-147,
ECM-181
8.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

NO >> Replace mass air flow (MAF) sensor. Refer to EM-147, "Removal and Installation".
1.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-1

WITH CONSULT
4. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “DATE MONITOR” of “ENGINE” with CONSULT and check the indication
under the following condition.
Monitor item Condition Indication

Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4 V
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal op-
MAS A/F SE-B1 0.7 -1.2 V
erating temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.7 -1.2 V → 2.4 V*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to increase of engine speed.
WITHOUT CONSULT
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal
F15 28 20 0.7 -1.2 V
operating temperature.)
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR THE CAUSE OF UNEVEN AIR FLOW THROUGH INTAKE AIR DUCT
2. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through intake air duct. Refer to the following.
- Crushed air ducts
- Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
- Uneven dirt like leaves or insects of air cleaner element
- Intake valve deposit
- Improper specification of intake air system parts
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-2
WITH CONSULT
ECM-182
1. Repair malfunctioning part.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. A
under the following condition.
ECM
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal op- C
MAS A/F SE-B1 0.7 -1.2 V
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to increase of engine speed. D
WITHOUT CONSULT
1. Repair malfunctioning part.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. E
ECM F
Connector
Terminal
G
F15 28 20 0.7 -1.2 V
H
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK AIR FLOW SENSOR J
WITH CONSULT
K
under the following condition. L

M

MAS A/F SE-B1 0.7 -1.2 V
N
WITHOUT CONSULT O
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions. P
ECM-183
ECM
Connector
Terminal
F15 28 20 0.7 -1.2 V
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor. Refer to EM-147, "Removal and Installation".
ECM-184
P0107, P0108 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE SENSOR
A

P0107 ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
P0108 ABSL PRES SEN/CIRC An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
- The barometric pressure sensor circuit is open or shorted.
E
• Barometric pressure sensor
• Sensor of Sensor power supply circuit 2
F
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
1.PRECONDITIONING
H
>> GO TO 2.
I
2. Check 1st trip DTC. J
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". K
L
1.CHECK BAROMETRIC PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY-1
2. Disconnect barometric pressure sensor harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between barometric pressure sensor harness connectors.
N
Barometric pressure sensor
+ – Voltage
Connector O
Terminal
F144 1 3 Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BAROMETRIC PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY-2
Check the voltage between barometric pressure sensor harness connector and ground.
ECM-185
+
Barometric pressure sensor Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F144 1 Ground Approx. 5 V
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK BAROMETRIC PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between barometric pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
+ −
Barometric pressure sensor ECM Continuity
F144 1 E57 101 Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2
Refer to ECM-392, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Replace malfunctioning part.
5.CHECK BAROMETRIC PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
tor.
+ –
Barometric pressure sensor ECM Continuity
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
ECM-186
+ A
Connector Terminal
ECM
F15 11
123
Ground Existed
E57 125 C
128
D
7.CHECK BAROMETRIC PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT E
tor.
F
+ −
Barometric pressure sensor ECM
Continuity G
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. H
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. I
8.CHECK BAROMETRIC PRESSURE SENSOR
J
NO >> Replace barometric pressure sensor. Refer to ECM-14, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Compo-
nent Parts Location". K
L
1.COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows. M
ECM
+ − N
Connector
Terminal
E57 97 124
O
NOTE:
Since this sensor is an absolute pressure sensor, values vary with ambient pressure and altitude.
3. Measure the barometric pressure. P
NOTE:
As the barometric pressure described on the synoptic chart is the value at sea level, compensate the
pressure with the following chart.
ECM-187
Compensated pressure
Altitude (m)
(hPa)
0 0
200 −24
400 −47
600 −70
800 −92
1,000 −114
1,500 −168
2,000 −218
4. Check that the voltage is within a specified range as in the following chart.
Barometric pressure (hPa) Voltage (V)

800 3.1 – 3.7
850 3.3 – 3.9
900 3.5 – 4.1
950 3.8 – 4.3
1,000 4.0 – 4.6
1,050 4.2 – 4.8
Is the inspection result normal? JMBIA0870GB

NO >> Replace barometric pressure sensor. Refer to ECM-14, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Compo-
nent Parts Location".
ECM-188
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
A

IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
P0112 (Intake air temperature sensor 1 circuit low An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
bank 1)
D
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
P0113 (Intake air temperature sensor 1 circuit high An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
bank 1)
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The intake air temperature sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Intake air temperature sensor F
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at H
>> GO TO 2. I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. J
YES >> Proceed to ECM-189, "Diagnosis Procedure". K
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010702913 L
1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

2. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor (intake air temperature sensor is built-in) harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between MAF sensor harness connector and ground. N
+
MAF sensor Ground Voltage O
Connector Terminal
P
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
ECM-189
3. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace mass air flow (MAF) sensor (intake air temperature sensor is built-in). Refer to EM-147,

2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
3. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor terminals as per the following.
MAF sensor
+ − Condition Resistance
Terminal
Tempera-
1 2 25 (77) 1.80 - 2.20 kΩ
ture [°C (°)]
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (intake air temperature sensor is built-in). Refer to EM-147,
ECM-190
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
A

ECT SEN/CIRC
P0117 (Engine coolant temperature sensor 1 cir- An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
cuit low)
D
ECT SEN/CIRC
P0118 (Engine coolant temperature sensor 1 cir- An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
cuit high)
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The engine coolant temperature sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Engine coolant temperature sensor F
FAIL-SAFE

Stratified charge
combustion H
control at start-
ing
Idle speed con- I
Combustion Stops feedback control of idle speed and controls with specified speed.
trol
control mode
Recovery speed
control at decel- Stops recovery speed control by the fuel cut at decelerating and controls with specified speed.
J
erating
Idle neutral con-
trol
K
Others Engine speed will not rise more than 1,800rpm due to the fuel cut.

L
1.PRECONDITIONING
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. M
>> GO TO 2.
2.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE N

O
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END P
1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY-1

2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor harness connector.
ECM-191
4. Check the voltage between ECT sensor harness connector and ground.
+
ECT sensor Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY-2
3. Check the continuity between ECT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
ECT sensor ECM Continuity
3.CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between ECT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
ECT sensor ECM Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ECT SENSOR
NO >> Replace ECT sensor. Refer to CO-53, "Exploded View".
1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor.
ECM-192
4. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure. A
ECT sensor
+ − Condition Resistance ECM
Terminal
20 (68) 2.37 - 2.63 kΩ
Tempera- C
1 2 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00 kΩ
ture [°C (°F)]
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 kΩ JMBIA0080ZZ
Is the inspection result normal? D

NO >> Replace ECT sensor. Refer to CO-53, "Exploded View".
E
ECM-193
P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1
P0122 (Throttle/pedal position sensor/switch “A” An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
circuit low)
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1
P0123 (Throttle/pedal position sensor/switch “A” An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
circuit high)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (TP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 2)
FAIL-SAFE

• The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order
for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
• The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal con-
dition. So, the acceleration will be poor.
Others
NOTE:
If throttle position sensor1 and 2 malfunction at the same time conducts following control.
• ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed
opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.

If DTC P0122 or P0123 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 3.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

ECM-194
Is applicable DTC detected? A
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY ECM

2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
C
4. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.
D
+
Electric throttle control actuator Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal E
YES >> GO TO 4. F
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT G
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
H
nector.
+ −
I
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
J
L
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. M
nector.
N
+ −
ECM Continuity
ator
O
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. P
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
nector.
ECM-195
+ −
ECM Continuity
ator
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-149, "Removal and Installation".

3. Perform ECM-128, "Work Procedure".
5. Set selector lever position to D (CVT) or 1st (M/T) position.
ECM
Connector
Terminal
Fully re-
More than 0.36 V
leased
63
Fully de-
Less than 4.75 V
pressed
F16 75 Accelerator pedal
Fully re-
Less than 4.75 V
leased
71
Fully de-
More than 0.36 V
pressed
ECM-196
P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
A

To judge malfunctions, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 sig-
nal fluctuates according to fuel feedback control.
C
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) The output voltage computed by ECM according to the A/F sensor 1 signal
P0130 D
(O2 sensor circuit bank 1 sensor 1) is constant.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.) E
• A/F sensor 1
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable F
PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING G
TESTING CONDITION: H
Will CONSULT be used?
YES >> GO TO 2. I
NO >> GO TO 6.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
J
WITH CONSULT
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” with CONSULT.
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication. K
Does the indication constantly fluctuate around 2.2 V?
YES >> GO TO 3.
L
1. Select “ENGINE” of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode of “A/F (B1) P0130” with CONSULT. M
2. “TESTING” is displayed on the CONSULT screen when the following conditions are met.
ENG SPEED 850 - 2,300 rpm N

VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 mph)
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.0 - 8.0 msec
O
Selector lever Suitable position
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
P
Is “TESTING” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> If “TESTING” is not displayed after 20 seconds, GO TO 2.
1. Release accelerator pedal fully.
NOTE:
ECM-197
P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
Never operate brake pedal when releasing the accelerator pedal.
2. Confirm that “TESTING” change to “COMPLETED”.
Is “COMPLETED” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 5.
OUT OF CONDITION>>GO TO 3.
Touch “SELF - DIAG RESULT”.
Is “OK” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
NO >> “NG” proceed to ECM-198, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITHOUT CONSULT
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the A/F sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
2. Shift the lever to suitable position and drive for a few minutes at 80 km/h (50 MPH).
CAUTION:
3. Release the accelerator pedal fully until the vehicle speed decreases to 50 km/h (31 MPH).
NOTE:
Never apply brake when releasing the accelerator pedal.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3, 5 times.
5. Stop the vehicle, turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Restart engine.
8. Stop the vehicle and Check 1st trip DTC.
1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY

+
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
ECM-198
P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
+ − A
A/F sensor 1 IPDM E/R Continuity
ECM
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT D

3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector. E
+ −
F
1 64 G
F74 F16 Existed
2 72
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground. H
+
I
A/F sensor 1 Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
1 J
F74 Ground Not existed
2
K
+
Connector Terminal L
64
72
M
YES >> GO TO 4.
N
Replace malfunctioning A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-153, "Exploded View". O
CAUTION:
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. P
>> INSPECTION END
ECM-199
P0131 A/F SENSOR 1
P0131 A/F SENSOR 1
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1
signal is not inordinately low.

A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
The output voltage computed by ECM according to the A/F sensor 1 signal
P0131 (O2 sensor circuit low voltage bank 1 sen-
is excessively low at all times.
sor 1)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
• The A/F sensor 1
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 10.5 V or more at idle.
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR FUNCTION
WITH CONSULT
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” system with CONSULT.
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication.
Is the indication constantly approx. 0 V?
NO >> GO TO 3.
2. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
CAUTION:
3. Maintain the following conditions for approximately 20 consecutive seconds.

VHCL SPEED SE 1.5 - 9.0 msec
NOTE:
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during cruising.
• If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 1, return to step 1.
ECM-200
P0131 A/F SENSOR 1
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". A
ECM
WITHOUT CONSULT
NOTE:
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. C
CAUTION: D
NOTE:
Never apply brake when releasing the accelerator pedal. E
6. Restart engine. F
Is 1st trip DTC detected? G
YES >> Proceed to ECM-198, "Diagnosis Procedure"
H
1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY I

3. Turn ignition switch ON. J
+ K
Connector Terminal
L
YES >> GO TO 3. M
NO >> GO TO 2.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. N
O
+ −
P
ECM-201
P0131 A/F SENSOR 1
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
+ −
1 64
F74 F16 Existed
2 72
and ground.
+
Connector Terminal
1
2
+
Connector Terminal
64
72
YES >> GO TO 4.
CAUTION:
>> INSPECTION END
ECM-202
P0132 A/F SENSOR 1
P0132 A/F SENSOR 1
A

To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1
signal is not inordinately high.
C
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
The output voltage computed by ECM according to the A/F sensor 1 signal D
P0132 (O2 sensor circuit high voltage bank 1 sen-
is excessively high at all times.
sor 1)
POSSIBLE CAUSE E
• A/F sensor 1
FAIL-SAFE F
Not applicable
G
1.PRECONDITIONING
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. H
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 10.5 V or more at idle.
Will CONSULT be used? I
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 FUNCTION J
WITH CONSULT
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” with CONSULT. K
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication.
Does the indication constantly approximately 5 V?
YES >> Proceed to ECM-204, "Diagnosis Procedure". L
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE M
2. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. N
3. Maintain the following conditions for approximately 20 consecutive seconds.
ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm O

VHCL SPEED SE 1.5 - 9.0 msec
P
NOTE:
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during cruising.
• If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 1, return to step 1.
ECM-203
P0132 A/F SENSOR 1
WITHOUT CONSULT
NOTE:
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
CAUTION:
NOTE:
Never apply brake when releasing the accelerator pedal.
6. Restart engine.
1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY

+
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
+ −
ECM-204
P0132 A/F SENSOR 1
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
ECM
+ −
A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity C
1 64
F74 F16 Existed D
2 72
and ground.
E
+
A/F sensor 1 Ground Continuity F
Connector Terminal
1
2 G
+ H
Connector Terminal
64 I
72
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. J
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. K
CAUTION: L
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads. M
>> INSPECTION END

N
ECM-205
P0137 HO2S2
P0137 HO2S2
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxy-
gen storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the
longer switching time.
: 0.77V
To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors
whether the maximum voltage of the sensor is sufficiently high dur-
ing various driving conditions such as fuel cut.
JSBIA4446GB

HO2S2 (B1)
The maximum voltage from the sensor does not reach the specified volt-
P0137 (O2 sensor circuit low voltage bank 1 sen-
age.
sor 2)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Heated oxygen sensor 2
• Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates between 0°C to 30°C (30°F to 86°F) before conducting follow-
ing procedure.
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
WITH CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
4. Restart engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no
load.
6. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches 70°C (158°F).
7. Open engine hood.
8. Select “O2 (B1) P0137” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
NOTE:
ECM-206
P0137 HO2S2
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
10. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” A
Is “OK” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END ECM
NG >> Proceed to ECM-208, "Diagnosis Procedure".
CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN C
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again.
D
>> GO TO 2.
4.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-1 E
WITHOUT CONSULT
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this F
3. Restart engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no G
load.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions. H
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage I
Connector
Terminal
The voltage should be above 0.77 V at
Revving up to 4,000 rpm quickly under no load
least once during this procedure.
J
F16 57 59 at least 10 times. (Depress and release the ac-
The voltage should be below 0.18 V at
celerator pedal as quickly as possible.)
NO >> GO TO 5. L
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-2
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions. M
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage N
Connector
Terminal
least once during this procedure. O
F16 57 59 Keeping engine at idle for 10 minutes.
Is the inspection result normal? P
NO >> GO TO 6.
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
CAUTION:
ECM-207
P0137 HO2S2
ECM
Connector
Terminal
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) with selector
F16 57 59 lever in the D position (CVT), 4th gear position
(M/T).
1.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE

2. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to ECM-131, "Work Procedure".
3. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer to ECM-231, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
+ −
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
+ −
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and
ground.
ECM-208
P0137 HO2S2
+ A
HO2S2 Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
ECM
F35 2 Ground Not existed
+ C
Connector Terminal
D
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 F
G
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 H
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 I
J
>> INSPECTION END
K
1.INSPECTION START
L
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
M
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-1
WITH CONSULT
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. N
4. Restart engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no O
load.
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with
CONSULT. P
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ± 25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.77 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
NO >> GO TO 6.
ECM-209
P0137 HO2S2

WITHOUT CONSULT
load.
ECM
Connector
Terminal
NO >> GO TO 4.
WITHOUT CONSULT
ECM
Connector
Terminal
NO >> GO TO 5.
WITHOUT CONSULT
CAUTION:
ECM
Connector
Terminal
(M/T).
NO >> GO TO 6.
ECM-210
P0137 HO2S2
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 A
ECM
>> INSPECTION END
ECM-211
P0138 HO2S2
P0138 HO2S2
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/
F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the longer switching
time.
MALFUNCTION A
whether the voltage is unusually high during various driving condi-
tions such as fuel cut.
PBIB1848E
MALFUNCTION B
whether the minimum voltage is excessively high during various driv-
ing conditions such as fuel cut.
PBIB2376E

HO2S2 (B1) A An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
P0138 (O2 sensor circuit high voltage bank
1 sensor 2) B The excessively high minimum voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
P0138-A
P0138-B
• Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
ECM-212
P0138 HO2S2
>> GO TO 2.
2.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A A

ECM
load.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? C
NO-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 3.
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 5. D
3.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-1
WITH CONSULT E
Test condition: For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. F
load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute. G
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches 70°C (158°F).
8. Select “O2 (B1) P0138” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT. H
NOTE:
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED”is displayed. I
10. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
Which is displayed on CONSULT screen?
OK-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". J
OK-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
K
4.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-2
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. L
>> GO TO 3.
M
WITHOUT CONSULT
NOTE: N
Use component function check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. O
load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. P
ECM-213
P0138 HO2S2
ECM
Connector
Terminal
NO >> GO TO 6.
WITHOUT CONSULT
ECM
Connector
Terminal
NO >> GO TO 7.
CAUTION:
ECM
Connector
Terminal
(M/T).
1.INSPECTION START
1. Confirm the detected malfunction (A or B). Refer to ECM-212, "DTC Description".
Which malfunction is detected?
A >> GO TO 2.
B >> GO TO 7.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 CONNECTOR
ECM-214
P0138 HO2S2
2. Check that water is not inside connectors. A
There is no leakage.
Is the inspection result normal? ECM
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT C

D
E
+ −
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> GO TO 4.
H
I
+ −
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal J
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and K
ground.
+ L
Connector Terminal
F35 2 Ground Not existed M
+
N
Connector Terminal
F16 57 Ground Not existed O
P
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
ECM-215
P0138 HO2S2
NO >> GO TO 6.
CAUTION:
>> INSPECTION END

Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172. Refer to ECM-231, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
+ −
YES >> GO TO 9.
+ −
ground.
+
Connector Terminal
ECM-216
P0138 HO2S2
+ A
Connector Terminal
ECM
YES >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 D

NO >> GO TO 11.
11.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 F
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 G
H
>> INSPECTION END
I
1.INSPECTION START
Will CONSULT be used? J
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3. K
WITH CONSULT
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. L
4. Restart engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no M
load.
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with
CONSULT. N
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.77 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%. O
NO >> GO TO 6. P
WITHOUT CONSULT
load.
ECM-217
P0138 HO2S2
ECM
Connector
Terminal
NO >> GO TO 4.
WITHOUT CONSULT
ECM
Connector
Terminal
NO >> GO TO 5.
WITHOUT CONSULT
CAUTION:
ECM
Connector
Terminal
(M/T).
NO >> GO TO 6.
CAUTION:
>> INSPECTION END
ECM-218
P0139 HO2S2
P0139 HO2S2
A

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxy-
gen storage capacity of the three way catalyst 1 causes the longer C
switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor
2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sensor's
voltage is faster than specified during various driving conditions such
as fuel cut. D
E
SEF302U
F
HO2S2 (B1) G
The switching time between rich and lean of a heated oxygen sensor 2 sig-
P0139 (O2 sensor circuit slow response bank 1
nal delays more than the specified time computed by ECM.
sensor 2)
POSSIBLE CAUSE H
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Fuel system I
• EVAP system
• Intake air system
FAIL-SAFE J
Not applicable
K
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT? L
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 11.
2.PRECONDITIONING M
“COMPLETED” will appear on CONSULT screen when all tests “COND1”, “COND2” and “COND3” are com-
pleted.
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at N
TESTING CONDITION
For the best results, perform DTC WORK SUPPORT at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F). O
Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is stopped, retry this procedure from PERFORM PRO-
CEDURE FOR COND1 - II.
P
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-I
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
>> GO TO 4.
ECM-219
P0139 HO2S2
4.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-II

Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-III
2. Let engine idle 1 minute.
3. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P0139” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
4. Touch “START”.
6. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm two or three times quickly under no load.
Is “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1-IV
When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed at “COND1” on the CONSULT screen.
Maintain the condition continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED” (It will take approximately 60
seconds.)
ENG SPEED More than 1,000 rpm

B/FUEL SCHDL More than 1.0 msec
Shift level Suitable position
Which displayed on CONSULT screen?
COND1: OUT OF CONDITION>>GO TO 4.
COND1: COMPLETED COND2: INCOMPLETED>>GO TO 7.
COND1: COMPLETED COND2: COMPLETED>>GO TO 8.
7.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND2
While driving, release accelerator pedal completely from the above condition until “INCOMPLETED” at
“COND2” on CONSULT screen has turned to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 4 seconds.)
COND2: COMPLETED COND3: INCOMPLETED>>GO TO 8.
COND2: COMPLETED COND3: COMPLETED>>GO TO 9.
8.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND3-I
Stop vehicle and let it idle until “INCOMPLETED” of “COND3” on CONSULT screen has turned to “COM-
PLETED”. (It will take a maximum of approximately 6 minutes.)
>> GO TO 9.
9.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND3-II
Touch “SELF DIAGRESULTS”.
OK >> INSPECTION END
10.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND3-III
2. Turn ignition switch ON and select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
3. Start engine and warm it up while monitoring “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication on CONSULT.
4. When “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).
ECM-220
P0139 HO2S2
>> GO TO 5. A
Without CONSULT ECM
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. C
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following condition.
ECM
D
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal E
Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no The voltage should be above 0.77 V
F16 57 59
load at least 10 times at least once during this procedure.
Is the inspection result normal? F
NO >> GO TO 12. G
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following condition.
H
ECM
Connector I
Terminal
Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 The voltage should be above 0.77 V
F16 57 59
minutes at least once during this procedure. J
YES-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END K
NO >> GO TO 13.
L
ECM
M
Connector
Terminal
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in The voltage should be above 0.77 V N
F16 57 59
D position at least once during this procedure.
YES-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". O
P

Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
ECM-221
P0139 HO2S2
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to ECM-230, "DTC Description" or
ECM-235, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
+ −
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
+ −
ground.
+
HO2S2 − Continuity
Connector Terminal
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Check the heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to ECM-223, "Component Inspection".
NO >> GO TO 5.
Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-11, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
ECM-222
P0139 HO2S2
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. A
• Before installing new sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial
service tool).
ECM
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010702935 C
1.INSPECTION START
D
YES >> GO TO 2. E
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT F
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. G
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT, and select “HO2S2
(B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT. H
K
JSBIA3451ZZ
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.77 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is + 25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is − 25%. L
NO >> GO TO 6. M
Without CONSULT N
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. O
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following condition.
ECM P
Connector
Terminal
The voltage should be above 0.77 V
Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no at least once during this procedure.
F16 57 59
load at least 10 times The voltage should be below 0.18 V
at least once during this procedure.
ECM-223
P0139 HO2S2
NO >> GO TO 4.
ECM
Connector
Terminal
Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 at least once during this procedure.
F16 57 59
minutes The voltage should be below 0.18 V
NO >> GO TO 5.
ECM
Connector
Terminal
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in at least once during this procedure.
F16 57 59
D position The voltage should be below 0.18 V
NO >> GO TO 6.
Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-11, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
service tool).
>> INSPECTION END
ECM-224
P014C, P014D A/F SENSOR 1
A

To judge malfunctions, this diagnosis measures response time of the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/
F sensor 1 signal. The time is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel feedback control con-
stant, and the A/F sensor 1 temperature index. Judgment is based on whether the compensated time (the A/F C
signal cycling time index) is inordinately long or not.

DTC No. DTC detecting condition D
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
P014C (O2 sensor slow response - rich to lean
bank 1 sensor 1) • The response time of a A/F sensor 1 signal delays more than the speci- E
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) fied time computed by ECM.
P014D (O2 sensor slow response - lean to rich
bank 1 sensor 1)
F
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• A/F sensor 1 G
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
H
1.PRECONDITIONING
I
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 6. L
With CONSULT
M
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. N
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no load.
7. Increase the engine speed up to about 3,600 rpm and keep it for 10 seconds. O
8. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 1 minute.
9. Check the items status of “DATA MONITOR” as follows.
NOTE:
If “PRSNT” changed to “ABSNT”, refer to ECM-137, "Component Function Check". P
Data monitor item Status

A/F SEN1 DIAG3 (B1) PRSNT
Is “PRSNT” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
ECM-225

With CONSULT
Perform DTC confirmation procedure-1 again.
Is “PRSNT” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Refer to ECM-137, "Component Function Check".
With CONSULT
1. Wait for about 20 seconds at idle.
2. Check the items status of “DATA MONITOR” as follows.
NOTE:
If “CMPLT” changed to “INCMP”, refer to ECM-137, "Component Function Check".
Data monitor item Status

A/F SEN1 DIAG2 (B1) CMPLT
Is “CMPLT” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Refer to ECM-137, "Component Function Check".
5.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
Check the “SELF-DIAG RESULT”.
6.CHECK AIR-FUEL RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
With GST
2. Select Service $01 with GST.
3. Calculate the total value of “Short term fuel trim” and “Long term fuel trim” indications.
Is the total percentage within ±15%?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
• Exhaust gas leaks
• Incorrect fuel pressure
• Lack of fuel
• Fuel injector
• Incorrect PCV hose connection
• PCV valve
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

ECM-226
6. Increase the engine speed up to about 3,600 rpm and keep it for 10 seconds.
7. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 1 minute. A
YES >> Proceed to ECM-227, "Diagnosis Procedure". ECM
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010702937 C
1.RETIGHTEN A/F SENSOR 1

D
Loosen and retighten the A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-153, "Exploded View".
>> GO TO 2. E
2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold). F
PBIB1216E I
Is exhaust gas leak detected?
YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 3. J
3.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
K
Is intake air leak detected?
YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 4. L
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. M
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to ECM-230, "DTC Description" or N
ECM-235, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT O
1. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.

3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground. P
+
A/F sensor 1 – Voltage
Connector Terminal
ECM-227
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
+ –
1 64
F74 F16 Existed
2 72
and ground.
+
A/F sensor 1 – Continuity
Connector Terminal
1
2
+
ECM – Continuity
Connector Terminal
64
72
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 10.
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor. Refer to EM-147, "Removal and Installation".
9.CHECK PCV VALVE
Refer to ECM-415, "Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Repair or replace PCV valve. Refer to ECM-14, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component
Parts Location".
ECM-228
10.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 A

Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-153, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
ECM
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
service tool). C
>> INSPECTION END

D
ECM-229
P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from A/F sensor 1. The ECM calculatesthe
necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (the actual mixture ratio is too lean), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and illuminates the MIL (2 trip detection
logic).
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Density of oxygen in exhaust
A/F sensor 1 gas (Mixture ratio feedback Fuel injection control Fuel injector
signal)

• Fuel injection system does not operate properly.
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1
P0171 • The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too large. (The mixture ratio
(System too lean bank 1)
is too lean.)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Intake air leakage
• A/F sensor 1
• Fuel injector
• Exhaust gas leakage
• Lack of fuel
FAIL-SAFE

Accelerator an-
gle variation
trol mode NOTE:
control
Stratified charge
combustion
control at start-
ing
Idle speed con-
trol
control mode
Recovery speed
erating
Idle neutral con-
trol

1.PRECONDITIONING
ECM-230
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I A
2. Start engine.
ECM
Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
C
3.RESTART ENGINE
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too.
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. D
Does engine start?
NO >> Check exhaust and intake air leak visually. E
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 minutes. F
YES >> Proceed to ECM-231, "Diagnosis Procedure". G
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. H
2. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for 10 min-
utes. Refer to the table below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible. I
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
J
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F), K
T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F).
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition
When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).
L
YES >> Proceed to ECM-231, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010702939 N
1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAKAGE

1. Start engine and run it at idle. O
ECM-231
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leakage before three way catalyst (manifold).
PBIB1216E
Is exhaust gas leakage detected?

YES >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAKAGE
1. Listen for an intake air leakage after the mass air flow sensor.
2. Check PCV hose connection.
Is intake air leakage detected?
NO >> GO TO 3.
2. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
+ −
1 64
F74 F16 Existed
2 72
and ground.
+
Connector Terminal
1
2
+
Connector Terminal
64
72
YES >> GO TO 4.
ECM-232
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Release fuel pressure to 0. Refer to ECM-135, "Work Procedure". A
3. Set a fuel pressure meter and check fuel pressure. Refer to ECM-135, "Work Procedure".
At idle: 500 kPa (5.1 kg/cm2) ECM

YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5. C
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging. D
YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. Refer to FL-19, "Removal and Installation".
WITH CONSULT
1. Install all removed parts. F
3. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
G
H
A/F SEN1 (B1) 0.7 - 1.2 V
I
WITHOUT CONSULT
1. Install all removed parts. J
K
ECM
Connector
Terminal L
F16 64 72 0.7 -1.2 V
operating temperature.) M
N
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
grounds. Refer to ECM-180, "Diagnosis Procedure". O
7.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR

WITH CONSULT P
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.”
3. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
WITHOUT CONSULT
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
ECM-233
Clicking sound should

be heard.
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for fuel injector and circuit,
refer to ECM-372, "Diagnosis Procedure".
PBIB3332E
8.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR

2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
3. Remove fuel tube assembly. Refer to EM-164, "Exploded View".
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube.
4. The fuel injector harness connectors should remain connected.
5. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
6. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector.
7. Crank engine for about 3 seconds.
Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each fuel injec-

tor.
NO >> Replace fuel injectors from which fuel does not spray
out evenly. Refer to EM-164, "Removal and Installation".
Always replace O-ring with new ones.
PBIA8556J
ECM-234
A

With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from A/F sensor 1. The ECM calculatesthe
necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios. C
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (the actual mixture ratio is too lean), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and illuminates the MIL (2 trip detection
logic).
D
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Density of oxygen in exhaust
A/F sensor 1 gas (Mixture ratio feedback Fuel injection control Fuel injector E
signal)
DTC No.
DTC detecting condition
F
• Fuel injection system does not operate properly.
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1
P0172 • The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too large. (The mixture ratio G
(System too rich bank 1)
is too rich.)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• A/F sensor 1 H
• Fuel injector
• Exhaust gas leakage
• Incorrect fuel pressure I
FAIL-SAFE
J
ECM controls the accelerator pedal depression speed to make it slower than actual speed. This K
Accelerator an-
gle variation
trol mode NOTE:
control
L
Stratified charge
combustion
control at start-
ing M
Idle speed con-
trol
control mode N
Recovery speed
erating
Idle neutral con- O
trol

P
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
ECM-235
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I

2. Start engine.
Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.RESTART ENGINE
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too.
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
Does engine start?
NO >> Remove spark plugs and check for fouling, etc.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III
2. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for 10 min-
utes. Refer to the table below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F).
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition
When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).
1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAKAGE

2. Listen for an exhaust gas leakage before three way catalyst (manifold).
PBIB1216E
Is exhaust gas leakage detected?
ECM-236
NO >> GO TO 2. A
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAKAGE
1. Listen for an intake air leakage after the mass air flow sensor.
ECM
C
NO >> GO TO 3.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. D
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector. E
+ −
A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity F
1 64
F74 F16 Existed G
2 72
and ground. H
+
A/F sensor 1 Ground Continuity I
Connector Terminal
1
F74 Ground Not existed J
2
+ K
Connector Terminal
64
L
72
6. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. M
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. N
2. Release fuel pressure to 0. Refer to ECM-135, "Work Procedure". O
At idle: 500 kPa (5.0 bar, 5.1 kg/cm2, 73 psi) P

YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel gauge unit. Refer to ECM-135, "Work Procedure".
WITH CONSULT
ECM-237
3. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.

A/F SEN1 (B1) 0.7 - 1.2 V
WITHOUT CONSULT
ECM
Connector
Terminal
F16 64 72 0.7 -1.2 V
YES >> GO TO 6.
grounds. Refer to ECM-180, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WITH CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.
WITHOUT CONSULT

be heard.
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for fuel injector and circuit,
refer to ECM-372, "Diagnosis Procedure".
PBIB3332E

2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
3. Remove fuel tube assembly. Refer to EM-164, "Exploded View".
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube.
4. The fuel injector harness connectors should remain connected.
ECM-238
7. Crank engine for about 3 seconds. A
Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each fuel injec-

tor. ECM
NO >> Replace fuel injectors from which fuel does not spray out evenly. Refer to EM-164, "Removal and C
Installation". Always replace O-ring with new ones.
ECM-239
P0190 FRP SENSOR
P0190 FRP SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Signal voltage from the fuel rail pressure sensor remains at more than 4.84
P0190 FUEL PRES SEN/CIRC
V/less than 0.2 V for 5 seconds or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
- Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit is open or shorted.
- Sensor power supply 2 is shorted.
• Sensor power supply 2 sensor
FAIL-SAFE

Accelerator an-
gle variation
trol mode NOTE:
control
Stratified charge
combustion
control at start-
ing
Idle speed con-
trol
control mode
Recovery speed
erating
Idle neutral con-
trol

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 minute.
2. Check DTC or 1st trip DTC.
Is DTC or 1st trip DTC detected?
1.CHECK FRP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY-1

ECM-240
P0190 FRP SENSOR
2. Disconnect FRP sensor harness connector. A
4. Check the voltage between FRP sensor harness connector terminals.
ECM
FRP sensor
+ − Voltage
Connector
Terminal C
F95 1 3 Approx. 5 V
Is inspection result normal?
D
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FRP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY-2 E
Check the voltage between FRP sensor harness connector and ground.
+ F
FRP sensor Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
G
YES >> GO TO 5. H
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FRP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
I
3. Check the continuity between FRP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
J
+ –
FRP sensor ECM Continuity
K
Is inspection result normal? L
YES >> GO TO 4.
M
4.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2
Is inspection result normal? N
5.CHECK FRP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT O
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector
3. Check the continuity between FRP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. P
+ –
ECM-241
P0190 FRP SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 6.
Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and the ground.
+
Connector Terminal
F15 11
123
Ground Existed
E57 125
128
7.CHECK FRP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between FRP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK FRP SENSOR
1.CHECK FRP SENSOR

WITH CONSULT
2. Reconnect harness connector disconnected.
4. Select “FUEL PRES SEN V” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT and check the indication under
the following condition.
Monitor Item Condition Indication

Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating tempera-
820 – 1,140 mV
FUEL PRES SEN V ture.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 820 – 2,900 mV
ECM-242
P0190 FRP SENSOR
WITHOUT CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. A
2. Reconnect harness connector disconnected.
4. Check FRP sensor signal voltage. ECM
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage C
Connector
Terminal
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition Approx. 0.82 – 1.14 V D
• Idle speed
F15 33 39
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition Approx. 0.82 – 2.9 V E
• Revving engine from idle to 4,000 rpm
NO >> Replace FRP sensor. Refer to EM-164, "Exploded View".
ECM-243
P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

EOT SEN/CIRC
P0197 An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
(Engine oil temperature sensor low)
EOT SEN/CIRC
P0198 An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
(Engine oil temperature sensor high)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The EOT sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Engine oil temperature sensor
FAIL-SAFE

Others Intake and exhaust valve timing control does not function.

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
1.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-1

2. Disconnect engine oil temperature (EOT) sensor harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between EOT sensor harness connector and ground.
+
EOT sensor Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-2
ECM-244
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. A
3. Check the continuity between EOT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ − ECM
EOT sensor ECM Continuity
C
3.CHECK EOT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT E
3. Check the continuity between EOT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. F
+ −
EOT sensor ECM
G
Continuity
F84 2 F15 25 Existed H
YES >> GO TO 4. I
4.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR J
YES >> INSPECTION END K
NO >> Replace engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EM-222, "Exploded View".
L
1.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
2. Disconnect engine oil temperature sensor harness connector. M
3. Remove engine oil temperature sensor.
4. Check resistance between engine oil temperature sensor termi-
nals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure. N
EOT sensor
+ − Condition Resistance O
Terminal
20 (68) 2.37 - 2.63 kΩ
Tempera- P
1 2 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00 kΩ
ture [°C (°F)]
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 kΩ JMBIA0080ZZ

NO >> Replace engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EM-222, "Exploded View".
ECM-245
P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204 FUEL INJECTOR
P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204 FUEL INJECTOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

P0201 INJECTOR CIRC-CYL1 ECM detects No. 1 injector circuit is open or shorted.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The fuel injector circuit is open or shorted.)
• Fuel injector
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE

Accelerator an-
gle variation
trol mode NOTE:
control
Stratified charge
ing

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.

Refer to ECM-372, "Component Function Check".
ECM-246
A

TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1
P0222 (Throttle/pedal position sensor/switch “B” An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
circuit low)
D
TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1
P0223 (Throttle/pedal position sensor/switch “B” An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
circuit high)
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (TP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1) F
FAIL-SAFE

for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. H
Others
NOTE:
If throttle position sensor1 and 2 malfunction at the same time conducts following control. I
J
If DTC P0222 or P0223 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. K
NO >> GO TO 2. L
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at M
TESTING CONDITION:
N
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE O
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? P

ECM-247
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY
+
Electric throttle control actuator Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
nector.
+ −
ECM Continuity
ator
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
nector.
+ −
ECM Continuity
ator
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
nector.
ECM-248
+ − A
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal ECM
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. C
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. D
E
NO >> Replace malfunctioning electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-149, "Removal and Installa-
tion". F
G
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. H
3. Perform ECM-128, "Work Procedure".
5. Set selector lever position to D (CVT) or 1st (M/T) position.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions. I
ECM
J
Connector
Terminal
Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V K
63
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
F16 75
Accelerator pedal: Fully released Less than 4.75 V
71 L
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 0.36 V
YES >> INSPECTION END M
NO >> Replace malfunctioning electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-149, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
N
ECM-249
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crank-
shaft position (CKP) sensor signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function

Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed On board diagnosis of misfire
The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions.
1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage)
On the 1st trip that a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to over-
heating, the MIL will blink.
When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor signal every 200 engine revolutions
for a change.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will turn off.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MIL will blink.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will remain on.If
another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MIL will begin to blink again.
2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration)
For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MIL will only
light when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP sen-
sorsignal every 1,000 engine revolutions.
A misfire malfunction can be detected in any one cylinder or in multiple cylinders.

MULTI CYL MISFIRE
P0300 Multiple cylinders misfire.
(Random/multiple cylinder misfire detected)
CYL 1 MISFIRE
P0301 No. 1 cylinder misfires.
(Cylinder 1 Misfire Detected)
CYL 2 MISFIRE
CYL 3 MISFIRE
CYL 4 MISFIRE
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Improper spark plug
• Insufficient compression
• The fuel injector circuit is open or shorted.
• Fuel injector
• Intake air leakage
• The ignition signal circuit is open or shorted.
• Lack of fuel
• Signal plate
• A/F sensor 1
FAIL-SAFE
P0300
ECM-250
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode A

Accelerator an-
Traveling con- causes a drop in accelerating performance and encourages the driver to repair malfunction. ECM
gle variation
trol mode NOTE:
control
Stratified charge C
combustion
control at start-
ing
Idle speed con- D
trol
control mode
Recovery speed
control at decel- Stops recovery speed control by the fuel cut at decelerating and controls with specified speed. E
erating
Idle neutral con-
trol F
P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304
Not applicable
G
1.PRECONDITIONING
I
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1 J
WITH CONSULT
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. K
3. Restart engine and let it idle for about 35 minutes (except for Europe) or 15 minutes (for Europe).
L
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2 M
2. Start engine and drive the vehicle under similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain
time. Refer to the table below. N
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
Similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data mean that the following conditions should be satisfied at
the same time.
O
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH) P
Base fuel sched-
Base fuel schedule in the freeze frame data ± 10%
ule
Engine coolant When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), T should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
temperature (T) When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), T should be higher than or equal
condition to 70°C (158°F).
Driving time varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data.
ECM-251
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
Engine speed Time

Approximately 20 minutes (except for Europe)
Around 1,000 rpm
Approximately 10 minutes (for Europe)
Around 2,000 rpm
Approximately 5 minutes (for Europe)
More than 3,000 rpm
Approximately 3.5 minutes (for Europe)
WITHOUT CONSULT
3. Restart engine and let it idle for about 35 minutes.
1.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAKAGE AND PCV HOSE

1. Start engine and run it at idle speed.
2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leakage.
YES >> Discover air leakage location and repair. Refer to EM-170, "Exploded View".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOGGING
Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents.
YES-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 3.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. Refer to EX-11, "Exploded View".
3.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
WITH CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 4.
WITHOUT CONSULT
1. Start engine.
ECM-252
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
2. Listen to each fuel injector operation.
A
be heard.
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for fuel injector, refer to ECM-
372, "Diagnosis Procedure". C
PBIB3332E
5.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-1 D
CAUTION:
Perform the following procedure in a place with no combustible objects and good ventilation.
E
2. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure.
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following proce- F
dure.
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it 2 or 3 times to release all fuel pressure. G
6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils.
7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked. Refer to EM-170, "Removal and Instal-
lation". H
8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 - I
0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal
portion as shown in the figure.
11. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and check whether
spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded J
metal portion.
Spark should be gener- K

ated.
CAUTION:
• Never place the spark plug and the ignition coil within 50 JMBIA0066GB L
cm (19.7 in) each other. Be careful not to get an electrical
shock while checking, because the electrical discharge voltage becomes 20 kV or more.
• It might damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is made. M
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), a spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning.
N
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-2 O
2. Disconnect spark plug and connect a non-malfunctioning spark plug.
3. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark P
plug and the grounded metal portion.
Spark should be gener-

ated.
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to ECM-385, "Diagnosis Procedure".
ECM-253
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
7.CHECK SPARK PLUG

Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc.
YES >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). Refer
to EM-170, "Exploded View".
NO >> Repair or clean spark plug. Then GO TO 8.
SEF156I
8.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-3

1. Reconnect the initial spark plugs.
2. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark
plug and the grounded portion.
Spark should be generated.

NO >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). Refer to EM-170, "Exploded View".
9.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
Check compression pressure. Refer to EM-136, "Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets.
2. Release fuel pressure. Refer to ECM-135, "Work Procedure".
At idle: Approx. 500 kPa (5.0 bar, 5.1 kg/cm2, 73 psi)

YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 11.
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging.
YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. Refer to FL-19, "Removal and Installation".
12.CHECK IDLE SPEED AND IGNITION TIMING
Check idle speed and ignition timing.
Idle speed: For procedure, refer to ECM-412, "Inspection", for specification, refer to ECM-417, "Idle Speed".
Ignition timing: For procedure, refer to ECM-413, "Inspection", for specification, refer to ECM-417, "Ignition
Timing".
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Perform basic inspection. Refer to ECM-132, "Work Procedure".
13.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
ECM-254
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. A
+ − ECM
C
1 64
F74 F16 Existed
2 72
5. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector D
and ground.
+ E
Connector Terminal
1
F
2
G
+
Connector Terminal H
64
72
I
YES >> GO TO 14. J
14.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
K
YES >> GO TO 15. L
NO >> Replace malfunctioning A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-153, "Exploded View".
15.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR OUTPUT VOLTAGE
WITH CONSULT M
3. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT and check the indication under the N
following condition.
Monitor item Condition Indication O

MAS A/F SE-B1 0.7 - 1.2 V
erating temperature.) P
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.7 - 1.2 V → 2.4 V*
WITHOUT CONSULT
ECM-255
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
28 20
F15 (Mass air flow sensor (sensor 0.7 - 1.2 V
signal) ground)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.7 - 1.2 V → 2.4 V*
YES >> GO TO 16.
ground. Refer to ECM-180, "Diagnosis Procedure".
16.CHECK SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART
Check items on the rough idle symptom in ECM-407, "Symptom Table".
YES >> GO TO 17.
17.ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC
Some tests may cause a 1st trip DTC to be set.
Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests. Refer to ECM-65, "CONSULT Func-
tion".
>> INSPECTION END
ECM-256
P0327, P0328 KS
P0327, P0328 KS
A

KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
P0327 (Knock sensor 1 circuit low bank 1 or single An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
sensor)
D
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
P0328 (Knock sensor 1 circuit high bank 1 or single An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
sensor)
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The knock sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Knock sensor F
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle. I
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J

K
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END L
M
1.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector. N
4. Check the continuity between knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
O
+ −
Knock sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal P
YES >> GO TO 2.
ECM-257
P0327, P0328 KS
2.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
Knock sensor ECM Continuity
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR
NO >> Replace malfunctioning knock sensor. Refer to EM-222, "Exploded View".
1.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR

2. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.
3. Check resistance between knock sensor terminals as follows.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ.
Knock sensor
+ − Resistance
Terminal
1 2 Approx. 532 - 588 kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)]
CAUTION:
Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or physically damaged. Use only new ones.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning knock sensor. Refer to EM-222, "Exploded View".
ECM-258
P0335 CKP SENSOR
P0335 CKP SENSOR
A

• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not detected by the ECM
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT during the first few seconds of engine cranking.
P0335
(Crankshaft position sensor “A” circuit) • The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft position sensor (POS) is not
sent to ECM while the engine is running. D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is open or shorted.] E
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Signal plate
FAIL-SAFE F

Fail safe mode Vehicle behavior G
ence position.
Device fix mode
• The intake manifold runner control valve motor is turned OFF (intake manifold runner control H
valve opens).

I
Is applicable DTC detected? J
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING K
TESTING CONDITION: L
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle.
M
>> GO TO 3.
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. N
If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? O
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END P

ECM-259
P0335 CKP SENSOR
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-1
2. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ground.
CKP sensor (POS)

Connector
Terminal
Ignition switch: ON Approx. 5 V
F85 1 2
Ignition switch: OFF Approx. 0 V
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
CKP sensor (POS) ECM Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS)
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-222, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK GEAR TOOTH
1. Remove crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-222, "Exploded View".
2. Look into the mounting hole of the crankshaft position sensor
(POS) to check that there is no missing gear tooth in the signal
plate .
JPBIA4623ZZ

NO >> Replace the signal plate. Refer to EM-181, "Exploded View".
ECM-260
P0335 CKP SENSOR
6.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-2 A

Check the voltage between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ground.
+ ECM
CKP sensor (POS) Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
C
Ignition switch: ON Approx. 5 V
F85 1 Ground
Ignition switch: OFF Approx. 0 V
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 8.
7.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT E
3. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector. F
+ −
G
F85 2 F15 44 Existed H
8.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-3
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
3. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector.
K
+ −
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal L
N
1.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-1

2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
3. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector.
4. Remove the sensor.
P
ECM-261
P0335 CKP SENSOR
5. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-
PBIA9210J

Check resistance between crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminals as follows.
CKP sensor (POS)

+ − Resistance
Terminal
2
1 Except 0 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
3
2 3
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-222, "Exploded View".
1. Reconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector.
3. As shown in the figure, check the voltage between ECM termi-
nals under following conditions with metal bar such as screw
driver .
NOTE:
Use the metal bar which is not magnetized.
JMBIA0285ZZ
ECM
Connector
Terminal
When moves the metal bar to
the direction of sensor's normal 0-1V
rotation
F15 48 44
When moves the metal bar to
the direction of sensor's re- 4-5V
versed rotation
CAUTION:
Do not give a shock to the sensor tip.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS) 1. Refer to EM-222, "Exploded View".
ECM-262
P0340 CMP SENSOR
P0340 CMP SENSOR
A

• The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM for the first few seconds during
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1
engine cranking.
P0340 (Camshaft position sensor “A” circuit bank 1
• The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM during engine running.
or single sensor) D
• The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal pattern during engine running.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors E
- The camshaft position sensor circuit is open or shorted.
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
• Exhaust valve timing control position sensor F
• Camshaft (INT)
• Camshaft (EXT)
• Starter motor G
• Starting system circuit
• Dead (Weak) battery
• Sensor power supply circuit 2 sensor
H
FAIL-SAFE
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode I

ence position. J
Device fix mode
valve opens).
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at L
TESTING CONDITION:
M
>> GO TO 2.
2.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1 N
2. Check 1st trip DTC. O
NO >> GO TO 3. P
3.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2
1. Maintaining engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds.
ECM-263
P0340 CMP SENSOR
1.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM

Turn ignition switch to START position.
Does the engine turn over? Does the starter motor operate?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check starting system. Refer to STR-18, "Work Flow".
2.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-1
2. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector terminals.
CMP sensor (PHASE)

+ − Voltage
Connector
Terminal
F37 1 2 Approx. 5 V
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 3.
Check the voltage between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ground.
+
CMP sensor (PHASE) Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3. Check the continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
CMP sensor (PHASE) ECM Continuity
YES >> GO TO 5.
ECM-264
P0340 CMP SENSOR
6.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
3. Check the continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ECM harness connector.
ECM
+ −
CMP sensor (PHASE) ECM Continuity C
D
YES >> GO TO 7. E
7.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground. F
+
G
Connector Terminal
F15 11 H
123
Ground Existed
E57 125
128 I
YES >> INSPECTION END J
8.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ECM harness connector. K
+ −
L
CMP sensor (PHASE) ECM Continuity
F37 3 F15 19 Existed M
YES >> GO TO 9. N
9.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
O
YES >> GO TO 10. P
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EM-196, "Exploded View".
10.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INT)
ECM-265
P0340 CMP SENSOR
JSBIA0599ZZ
1.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)-1

3. Disconnect camshaft position sensor (PHASE) harness connector.
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to
EM-196, "Exploded View".
PBIA9876J
2.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)-2

Check resistance camshaft position sensor (PHASE) terminals as follows.
CMP sensor (PHASE)

+ − Resistance
Terminal
2
1
3 Except 0 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
2 3
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EM-196, "Exploded View".
ECM-266
P0365 EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
A

• EVT control position sensor signal is not sent to ECM
during engine cranking.
• EVT control position sensor signal is not sent to ECM
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 D
P0365 during engine running.
(Camshaft position sensor circuit bank 1)
• The pulse signal sent from the EVT control position sen-
sor to ECM is not in the normal pattern during engine
running.
E
Possible Cause
- Exhaust valve timing control position sensor circuit is open or shorted. F
- Sensor power supply 2 circuit is shorted.
• Exhaust camshaft G
• Starter motor
• Starting circuit
• Battery deterioration
• Sensor power supply 1 circuit sensors H
FAIL-SAFE
I
• This mode fixes the IVT control solenoid valve and the EVT control solenoid valve in the refer- J
ence position.
Device fix mode
valve opens).
K
1.PRECONDITIONING
L
2. Turn ignition switch ON. M
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idling. N
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1 O
2. Check 1st trip DTC. P
NO >> GO TO 3.
1. Keep the engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds.
ECM-267
1.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM

Turn ignition switch to START position.
Does the engine turn over? Does the starter motor operate?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check starting system. Refer to STR-18, "Work Flow".
2.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING (EVT) CONTROL POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-1
2. Disconnect exhaust valve timing (EVT) control position sensor harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between EVT control position sensor harness connector terminals.
EVT control position sensor

Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
Terminals
F36 1 2 5V
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 3.
Check the voltage between EVT control position sensor harness connector and ground.
+
Voltage
EVT control position sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F36 1 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3. Check the continuity between EVT control position sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
+ −
EVT control position sensor ECM Continuity
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 1 CIRCUIT
ECM-268
Is the inspection result normal? A
NO >> Replace malfunctioning parts.
6.CHECK EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT ECM

C
tor.
D
+ −
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E
YES >> GO TO 7.
G
Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground.
H
+
ECM – Continuity
Connector Terminal
I
F15 11
123 J
Ground Existed
E57 125
128
L
8.CHECK EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
tor. M
+ −
EVT control position sensor ECM Continuity N
O
YES >> GO TO 9. P
9.CHECK EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Replace EVT control position sensor. Refer to EM-196, "Exploded View".
ECM-269
10.CHECK CAMSHAFT (EXT)

JSBIA0599ZZ
1.EXHAUST VALVE TIMING (EVT) CONTROL POSITION SENSOR-1

2. Loosen the sensor mounting bolt.
3. Disconnect the EVT control position sensor harness connector.
4. Remove the EVT control position sensor.
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace the EVT control position sensor. Refer to EM-
PBIA9876J

Check resistance between EVT control position sensor terminals as shown below.

+ − Resistance
Terminals
2
1
3 Except 0 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
2 3
NO >> Replace the EVT control position sensor. Refer to EM-196, "Exploded View".
ECM-270
P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
A

The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2.
A three way catalyst (manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity C
will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxygen sensor 2.
As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2
switching frequency will increase.
When the frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 and heated D
oxygen sensor 2 approaches a specified limit value, the three way
catalyst (manifold) malfunction is diagnosed.
E
SEF484YB
F
TW CATALYST SYS-B1 • Three way catalyst (manifold) does not operate properly. G
P0420 (Catalyst system efficiency below threshold • Three way catalyst (manifold) does not have enough oxygen storage ca-
bank 1) pacity.
POSSIBLE CAUSE H
• Three way catalyst (manifold)
• Exhaust tube
• Intake air leaks I
• Exhaust air leaks
• Fuel injector
• Fuel injector leaks
• Spark plug J
• Improper ignition timing
FAIL-SAFE
K
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING L
TESTING CONDITION: M
Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. N
YES >> GO TO 2. O
NO >> GO TO 5.
P
With CONSULT
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).
ECM-271
8. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” then “SRT WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CON-
SULT.
9. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutive minutes then release the accelerator
pedal completely.
10. Check the indication of “CATALYST”.
Which is displayed on CONSULT screen?
CMPLT >> GO TO 4.
INCMP >> GO TO 3.
1. Wait 5 seconds at idle.
2. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and maintain it until “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to “CMPLT”.
NOTE:
It will take approximately 5 minutes.
If “CMPLT” is not displayed after 5 minutes, turn ignition switch OFF and cool down the engine. Retry from
step 1 when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).
Does the indication change to “CMPLT”
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
Check 1st trip DTC.
Without CONSULT
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (manifold). During this
load.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following condition.
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal
The voltage fluctuation cycle takes
Keeping engine speed at 2500 more than 5 seconds.
F16 57 59
rpm constant under no load 1 cycle : 0.6 - 1.0 V → 0 - 0.3 V → 0.6
- 1.0 V
1.CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM

Visually check exhaust tubes, three way catalyst and muffler for dent.
ECM-272
YES >> GO TO 2. A
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. Refer to EX-11, "Exploded View".
2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
ECM
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before the three way catalyst (manifold).
C
PBID0288J
F
1: Three way catalyst 2: A/F sensor 1 3: HO2S2
4: Muffler
G
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. Refer to EX-11, "Exploded View".
H
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE
2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. I
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. Refer to EX-11, "Exploded View". J
4.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AND IDLE SPEED
Check the following items. Refer to ECM-132, "Work Procedure".
For specification, refer to ECM-417, "Ignition Timing" K
L
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Follow the ECM-132, "Work Procedure".
5.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR M
Check the fuel injector. Refer to ECM-372, "Component Function Check".
YES >> GO TO 6. N
NO >> Perform ECM-372, "Diagnosis Procedure".
O
CAUTION:
Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible.
2. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure. P
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following proce-
dure.
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure
ECM-273
7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked. Refer to EM-170, "Removal and Instal-
lation".
10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 -
11. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and check whether spark is
generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal por-
tion.
CAUTION:
• Do not approach to the spark plug and the ignition coil
within 50 cm (19.7 in). Be careful not to get an electrical
shock while checking, because the electrical discharge
voltage becomes 20 kV or more.
JMBIA0066GB
• It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of
more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is taken.
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), the spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning.
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 7.
2. Disconnect spark plug and connect a known-good spark plug.
3. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and
the grounded metal portion.

YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to ECM-385, "Diagnosis Procedure".
8.CHECK SPARK PLUG
Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc.
YES >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For-
spark plug type, refer to EM-248, "Spark Plug".
NO >> Repair or clean spark plug. Refer to EM-170, "Exploded
View". Then GO TO 9.
SEF156I

1. Reconnect the initial spark plugs.
2. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and
the grounded portion.

NO >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to EM-248, "Spark
Plug".
ECM-274
2. Cool down the engine and make sure that there is no combustible objects around. A
3. Reconnect all harness connectors.
4. Remove fuel tube ASSY. Refer to EM-164, "Exploded View". Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors con-
nected to fuel tube.
ECM
5. Reconnect all fuel injector harness connectors disconnected.
8. Crank engine for about 3 seconds. C
The fuel does not drip from the fuel injector.

YES >> Replace three way catalyst (manifold). Refer to EM-153, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace the fuel injector(s) from which fuel is dripping. Refer to EM-164, "Removal and Installa-
tion". Always replace O-ring and trip with new one. E
ECM-275
P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

PURG VOLUME CONT/V
An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the EVAP canis-
P0444 (Evaporative emission system purge con-
ter purge volume control solenoid valve.
trol valve circuit open)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
• EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ground.
+
EVAP canister purge volume
− Voltage
control solenoid valve
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
ECM-276
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ECM
IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ −
C
IPDM E/R Continuity
D
4. Also check harness for short to ground.
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT F

G
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ECM harness connector.
H
+ −
ECM Continuity
I
4. Also check harness for short to ground. J
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 5. K
4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
L
With CONSULT
2. Start engine.
3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. M
4. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening.
YES >> Refer to ECM-277, "Component Inspection". N
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE O
Check the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to ECM-277, "Component Inspection".
YES >> INSPECTION END P
NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to ECM-14, "ENGINE CON-
TROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location".
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

With CONSULT
ECM-277
3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
5. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
6. Touch “Qd” or “Qu” on CONSULT screen to adjust “PURG VOL
C/V” opening and check air passage continuity of EVAP canister
purge volume control solenoid valve as per the following condi-
tions.
Condition Air passage continuity between (A) and

(PURG VOL C/V value) (B)
100% Existed
0% Not existed
Without CONSULT PBIA9668J

2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
4. Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve as per the following conditions.
Air passage continuity between (A) and

Condition
(B)
12 V direct current supply be-
Existed
tween terminals 1 and 2
No supply Not existed
YES >> INSPECTION END PBIA9668J
NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid

valve. Refer to ECM-14, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location".
ECM-278
P0500 VSS
P0500 VSS
A
EXCEPT FOR M/T MODELS
EXCEPT FOR M/T MODELS : DTC Description INFOID:0000000010702972
ECM
ECM receives vehicle speed signals from two different paths via CAN communication line: One is from the
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via the combination unit and the other is from TCM.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC C

(Trouble diagnosis content) D
At 20 km/h (13 MPH), ECM detects the following status continuously for 5
seconds or more: The difference between a vehicle speed calculated by a
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A
P0500 output speed sensor transmitted from TCM to ECM via CAN communica- E
(Vehicle speed sensor “A”
tion and the vehicle speed indicated on the combination meter exceeds
15km/h (10 MPH).
POSSIBLE CAUSE F
• Combination meter
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Wheel sensor
G
• TCM
• Output speed sensor
FAIL-SAFE H

Fail safe mode Vehicle behavior I
Accelerator an-
gle variation
trol mode NOTE:
control J
Stratified charge
combustion
No stratified charge combustion at starting (cold start). K
control at start-
ing
Idle speed con-
trol L
control mode
Recovery speed
erating
M
Idle neutral con-
trol
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE N

If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC UXXXX or P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX or O
P0607.
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to ECM-93, "DTC Index". P
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
ECM-279
P0500 VSS
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 3.
1. Start engine.
2. Shift the selector lever to D range and wait at least for 2 seconds.
3. Drive the vehicle at least 5 seconds at 20 km/h (13 MPH) or more.
CAUTION:
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
YES >> Proceed to ECM-280, "EXCEPT FOR M/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure".
EXCEPT FOR M/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010702973

If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC UXXXX or P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX or
P0607.
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to ECM-93, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC WITH TCM
Check DTC with TCM. Refer to TM-267, "DTC Index".
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
3.CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Check DTC with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-53, "DTC Index".
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER
Check DTC with combination meter. Refer to MWI-29, "CONSULT Function (METER/M&A)".
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK INPUT SPEED SENSOR
Check input speed sensor. Refer to TM-313, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR
Check wheel sensor. Refer to BRC-85, "Diagnosis Procedure".
ECM-280
P0500 VSS
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. A
M/T MODELS
M/T MODELS : DTC Description INFOID:0000000010827929
ECM
The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from the “ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit)” via the CAN communication line. The combination meter then sends a signal to the ECM via the CAN
communication line. C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
D
VEHICLE SPEED SEN A The vehicle speed signal sent to ECM is almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) even when vehicle is E
P0500
(Vehicle speed sensor “A”) being driven.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors F
(CAN communication line is open or shorted)
(Vehicle speed signal circuit is open or shorted)
• Wheel sensor G
H
FAIL-SAFE

I
Accelerator an-
trol mode
gle variation
NOTE:
J
control
Stratified charge
combustion K
control at start-
ing
Idle speed con- L
trol
control mode
Recovery speed
M
erating
Idle neutral con-
trol
N
O
P0607.
Is applicable DTC detected? P
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 3.
ECM-281
P0500 VSS
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL
NOTE:
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. The vehicle speed
on CONSULT should exceed 10 km/h (6 mph) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Proceed to ECM-282, "M/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure".
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 50 consecutive seconds.
CAUTION:

B/FUEL SCHDL 5.0 - 255 msec
Selector lever Except Neutral position
PW/ST SIGNAL OFF
YES >> Proceed to ECM-282, "M/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure".
With GST
1. Lift up drive wheels.
2. Start engine.
3. Read vehicle speed signal in Service $01 with GST.
The vehicle speed signal on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with
suitable gear position.
NO >> Proceed to ECM-282, "M/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure".
M/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010827931

ECM-282
P0500 VSS
P0607. A
NO >> GO TO 2. ECM
2. CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Check DTC with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-42, "CONSULT Function".
C
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated. Refer to BRC-53, "DTC Index". D
Check DTC with combination meter. Refer to MWI-29, "CONSULT Function (METER/M&A)".
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated. Refer to MWI-39, "DTC Index".
F
ECM-283
P0506 ISC SYSTEM
P0506 ISC SYSTEM
The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let
into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is
varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) detects
the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM.
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value
memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily.
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions,
such as during warming up, deceleration and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan
operation, etc.).
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

P0506 ISC SYSTEM The idle speed is less than the target idle speed by 100 rpm or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Electric throttle control actuator
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
If DTC P0506 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for other DTC.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
before conducting the next test. When the target idle speed is not the specified value, perform ECM-412,
"Inspection" before conducting DTC Confirmation Procedure.
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle.
• Always perform at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
NOTE:
In the highlands of over 2,400m altitude, DTC may be detected without abnormality, but that case is not abnor-
mal if the DTC is not detected when "DTC confirmation procedure" is performed at under 2,400m altitude.
>> GO TO 3.
ECM-284
P0506 ISC SYSTEM
A
ECM
NO >> GO TO 2.
C
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. D
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.REPLACE ECM
1. Stop the engine.
F
2. Replace ECM. Refer to ECM-416, "Removal and Installation".
>> INSPECTION END G
ECM-285
P0507 ISC SYSTEM
P0507 ISC SYSTEM
The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let
into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is
varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) detects
the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM.
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value
memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily.
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions,
such as during warming up, deceleration and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan
operation, etc.).
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

P0507 ISC SYSTEM The idle speed is more than the target idle speed by 200 rpm or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Intake air leak
• PCV system
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
before conducting the next test. When the target idle speed is not the specified value, perform ECM-412,
"Inspection" before conducting DTC Confirmation Procedure.
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle.
• Always perform at a temperature above −10°C (14°F).
NOTE:
In the highlands of over 2,400m altitude, DTC may be detected without abnormality, but that case is not abnor-
mal if the DTC is not detected when "DTC confirmation procedure" is performed at under 2,400m altitude.
>> GO TO 3.
ECM-286
P0507 ISC SYSTEM
A
ECM
NO >> GO TO 2.
C
2.CHECK PCV HOSE CONNECTION
Confirm that PCV hose is connected correctly.
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK E

2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
F
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. G
4.REPLACE ECM
1. Stop engine.
2. Replace ECM. Refer to ECM-416, "Removal and Installation". H
>> INSPECTION END

I
ECM-287
P0520 EOP SENSOR
P0520 EOP SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

• A voltage signal transmitted from the engine oil pressure sensor is lower
EOP SENSOR/SWITCH than 0.3 V.
P0520
(Engine oil pressure sensor/switch circuit) • A voltage signal transmitted from the engine oil pressure sensor is higher
than 5.02 V.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
- EOP sensor circuit is open or shorted.
• EOP sensor
• Sensor power supply 2 circuit
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENGINE OIL LEVEL
Check engine oil level. Refer to LU-22, "Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform LU-22, "Inspection".
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK EOP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-1

2. Disconnect engine oil pressure (EOP) sensor harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between EOP sensor harness connector terminals.
EOP sensor
Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
F117 3 1 5V
ECM-288
P0520 EOP SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 7. A
NO >> GO TO 2.
ECM
Check the voltage between EOP sensor harness connector and ground.
+ C
Voltage
EOP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F117 3 Ground 5V D

YES >> GO TO 5. E
NO >> GO TO 3.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. F
3. Check the continuity between EOP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
G
+ −
EOP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal H
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2 CIRCUIT J
Perform ECM-392, "Diagnosis Procedure".
K
5.CHECK EOP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT L
3. Check the continuity between EOP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. M
+ −
EOP sensor ECM Continuity N
O
YES >> GO TO 6.
P
ECM-289
P0520 EOP SENSOR
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
F15 11
123
Ground Existed
E57 125
128
7.CHECK EOP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between EOP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
EOP sensor ECM Continuity
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK EOP SENSOR
Check eop sensor. Refer to ECM-290, "Component Inspection".
NO >> Replace EOP sensor. Refer to ECM-14, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Loca-
tion".
1.CHECK EOP SENSOR

2. Disconnect EOP sensor harness connector.
3. Check resistance between EOP sensor connector terminals.
EOP sensor
+ − Resistance
Terminal
2 4 - 10 kΩ
1
3 2 - 8 kΩ
1 4 - 10 kΩ
2
3 1 - 3 kΩ
1 2 - 8 kΩ
3
2 1 - 3 kΩ
ECM-290
P0520 EOP SENSOR
tion". A
ECM
ECM-291
P0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

ECM detects that an EOP sensor signal voltage applied to ECM remains
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
P0524 lower than the specified value continuously for 10 seconds or more when
(Engine oil pressure too low)
the engine speed is 1,000 rpm or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Decrease in engine oil pressure
• Decrease in engine oil level
• Engine oil condition
• EOP sensor
• Engine body
FAIL-SAFE

• ECM illuminates engine oil pressure warning lamp on the combination meter.
Others • Engine speed will not rise more than 4,000rpm due to the fuel cut.
• Fail-safe is canceled when ignition switch OFF → ON.

CAUTION:
If ECM-293, "Diagnosis Procedure" is unfinished, be sure to perform Step 3 and 4.
1.PRECONDITIONING-1
TEST CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING-2
Is “Diagnosis Procedure” of DTC P0524 finished?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 3.
Check engine oil level. Refer to LU-22, "Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
With CONSULT
ECM-292
3. Start the engine and check that “EOP SENSOR” changes, according to engine speeds.
A
Value
Monitor item Condition
(Approx.)
• Engine oil temperature: 80°C Engine speed: ECM
1,450 mV or more
(176°F) Idle
EOP SENSOR
(CVT), Neutral position (M/T) Engine speed:
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,850 mV or more C
2,000 rpm
• No load
Without CONSULT
Check engine oil level. Refer to LU-22, "Inspection". D
YES >> GO TO 5.
E
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. F
N or P position (CVT) G
Selector lever position
Neutral position (M/T)
Engine coolant temperature 70°C (158°F) or more
Engine speed 1,700 rpm or more H
NOTE:
With engine speed set around 4,000 rpm, the phenomenon can be reproduced more easily.
3. Check DTC. I
Is DTC detected?
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". J
K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
2. Check engine oil level. Refer to LU-22, "Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 2. M
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
N
With CONSULT
3. Start the engine and check that “EOP SENSOR” changes, according to engine speeds. O
Value
Monitor item Condition
(Approx.) P
• Engine oil temperature: 80°C Engine speed:
1,450 mV or more
(176°F) Idle
EOP SENSOR
(CVT), Neutral position (M/T) Engine speed:
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,850 mV or more
2,000 rpm
• No load
Without CONSULT
ECM-293
Check engine oil pressure. Refer to LU-22, "Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check oil pump. Refer to LU-29, "Exploded View".
3.CHECK EOP SENSOR
Check EOP sensor. Refer to ECM-290, "Component Inspection".
tion".
4.CHECK ENGINE OIL LEAKAGE
Check engine oil leakage. Refer to LU-22, "Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK CAUSE OF ENGINE OIL CONSUMPTION
Check the following item.
Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference

1 PCV valve ECM-415, "Inspection"
• No blocking
2 Exhaust front tube Visual —
• No abnormal sounds
• No blocking
3 Oil pump ASSY Visual —
• No abnormal sounds
• Piston to piston pin oil clearance
EM-240, "Description"
• Piston
• Piston ring side clearance
4 • Piston pin
• Piston ring
• Piston ring end gap
• Cylinder block top surface distortion
EM-231, "Inspection"
5 Cylinder block
• Piston to cylinder bore clearance
EM-231, "Inspection"

1.CHECK EOP SENSOR

2. Disconnect EOP sensor harness connector.
3. Check resistance between EOP sensor connector terminals.
EOP sensor
+ − Resistance
Terminal
2 4 - 10 kΩ
1
3 2 - 8 kΩ
1 4 - 10 kΩ
2
3 1 - 3 kΩ
ECM-294
EOP sensor
A
+ − Resistance
Terminal
1 2 - 8 kΩ ECM
3
2 1 - 3 kΩ
YES >> INSPECTION END C
tion".
D
ECM-295
P0603, P062F ECM
P0603, P062F ECM
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT
P0603 [Internal Control Module Keep Alive Memo- ECM buck up system does not function properly.
ry (KAM) Error]
CONTROL MODULE EEPROM (built-in microcomputer) system internal ECM does not function
P062F
(Internal control module EEPROM error) properly.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P0603
• Harness or connectors (ECM power supply circuit is open or shorted.)
• ECM
DTC P062F
ECM
FAIL-SAFE
P0603

Accelerator an-
gle variation
control
P062F
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
Perform the following procedure before performing DTC Confirmation Procedure.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P062F
1. Start engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 for 4 times.
5. Erase DTC.
7. Start engine and wait for 10 seconds.
ECM-296
P0603, P062F ECM
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0603 A

ECM
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 minutes.
6. Turn ignition switch ON. C
YES >> Proceed to ECM-297, "Diagnosis Procedure". D
E
1.INSPECTION START
Check that the battery negative terminal is not disconnected during ignition switch ON.
F
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2. G
2.ERASE DTC
1. Start the engine and let it idle at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF. H
4. Erase DTC.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. I
6. Start the engine and let it idle for 10 seconds.
Is DTC P062F detected again?
J
3.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT K
Check ECM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to ECM-145, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES >> GO TO 4. L
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT M
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
YES >> GO TO 5. N
O
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to ECM-296, "DTC Description".
Is the DTC P0603 or P062F detected again? P
ECM-297
P0604 ECM
P0604 ECM
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

ECM
P0604 [Internal control module random access Malfunction in the internal RAM of ECM.
memory (RAM) error]
POSSIBLE CAUSE
ECM
FAIL-SAFE

(Computing part of ECM does not operate normally.)
Others ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped) and wait least 20 minutes.
CAUTION:
Never start engine during this procedure.

2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to ECM-298, "DTC Description".
Is the 1st trip DTC P0604 displayed again?
ECM-298
P0605 ECM
P0605 ECM
A

ECM
P0605 [Internal control module read only memory Malfunction in the internal ROM of ECM.
(ROM) error]
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
ECM
E
FAIL-SAFE

F
opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. G

1.PRECONDITIONING H

3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. I
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more with ignition
switch ON. J
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped) and wait least 20 minutes.

CAUTION: L
4. Check 1st trip DTC. M
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". N
O
1.INSPECTION START
1. Erase self-diagnostic results. Refer to ECM-65, "CONSULT Function". P
2. Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to ECM-299, "DTC Description".
Does 1st trip DTC P0605 duplicated?
ECM-299
P0606 ECM
P0606 ECM
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONTROL MODULE
P0606 Malfunction in ECM processor.
(Control module processor)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
ECM
FAIL-SAFE


1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped) and wait at least 10 seconds.
CAUTION:
NO >> GO TO 3.
1. Start engine.
2. Rev up the engine quickly to approximately 3,000 rpm under unloaded condition and completely release
the accelerator pedal.
3. Let the engine idle and wait at least 10 seconds.
ECM-300
P0606 ECM
A
2. Erase DTC. ECM
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure for 3 times. Refer to ECM-300, "DTC Description".
Is the 1st trip DTC P0606 displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to ECM-416, "Removal and Installation". C
ECM-301
P0607 ECM
P0607 ECM
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

ECM
P0607 When detecting error during the initial diagnosis of CAN controller of ECM.
(Control module performance)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
ECM
FAIL-SAFE

Accelerator an-
gle variation
control

1.INSPECTION START
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to ECM-302, "DTC Description".
ECM-302
P0611 ECM PROTECTION
P0611 ECM PROTECTION
A
This DTC is detected when the ECM protective function is activated due to an extreme temperature increasein ECM
ECM, resulting from severe conditions such as heavy load driving.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
C
P0611 FIC MODULE ECM overheat protection control is activated. D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
ECM overheating
E
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F
This DTC is displayed as protection function history. If no malfunction is detected after the diagnosis, the cus- G
tomer must be informed of the activation of the protection function.
>> Proceed to ECM-303, "Diagnosis Procedure". H

1.INSPECTION START I
1. “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to ECM-303, "DTC Description".

J
Is the 1st trip DTC P0611 detected?
YES >> Proceed to ECM-303, "DTC Description".
NO >> Explain the customer about the activation of the protection function.
K
ECM-303
P062B ECM
P062B ECM
This DTC is detected when the ECM-integrated injector driver unit has a malfunction.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010702997
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

ECM
P062B (Internal control module fuel injector control Injector driver unit is malfunctioning.
performance)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Fuel injector circuit is open or shorted.)
• Battery power supply
• ECM (Injector driver unit)
FAIL-SAFE

Accelerator an-
gle variation
trol mode NOTE:
control
Stratified charge
ing
NOTE:
Fail-safe mode may not start depending on malfunction type of ECM.
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start the engine and keep the engine speed at idle for 30 seconds.

Check fuel injector. Refer to ECM-372, "Component Function Check".
ECM-304
P062B ECM
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. A
ECM
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. Refer to ECM-304, "DTC Logic".
Is the DTC P062B displayed again? C
D
ECM-305
P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
ECM supplies a voltage of 5 V to some of the sensors systematically divided into 2 groups, respectively.
Accordingly, when a short circuit develops in a sensor power source, a malfunction may occur simultaneously
in the sensors belonging to the same group as the short-circuited sensor.
Sensor power supply 1
• CKP sensor (POS)
• APP sensor 1
NOTE:
If sensor power supply 1 circuit is malfunctioning, DTC P0643 is displayed.
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• CMP sensor
• APP sensor 2
• Engine oil pressure sensor
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

SENSOR POWER/CIRC ECM detects that the voltage of sensor power supply 1 is excessively low
P0643
(Sensor reference voltage “A” circuit high) or high.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
- APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.
- CKP sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.
- Intake manifold runner control valve position sensor circuit is shorted.
- TP sensor circuit is shorted.
- Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Intake manifold runner control valve position sensor
• Throttle position sensor
FAIL-SAFE

ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed
Others

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
ECM-306
>> GO TO 2. A
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. ECM
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to ECM-307, "Diagnosis Procedure". C
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010703000 D
1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector. E
3. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.
F
+
Voltage
APP sensor −
(Approx.)
G
Connector Terminal
E20 4 Ground 5V
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> Proceed to ECM-359, "Component Inspection".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS I
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
J
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
21 Crankshaft position sensor F85 1 K
F15
24 Exhaust valve timing control position sensor F36 1
F16 60 Throttle position sensor F45 2
L
E57 122 APP sensor 1 E20 4
YES >> GO TO 3. M
3.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following. N
• Exhaust valve timing control position sensor (Refer to ECM-315, "Component Inspection")
• Crankshaft position sensor (Refer to ECM-261, "Component Inspection")
• Throttle position sensor (Refer to ECM-196, "Component Inspection") O
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. P
ECM-307
P0850 REVERSE/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
CVT
CVT : DTC Description INFOID:0000000010703001
Transmission range switch is turn ON when the selector lever is P or N.

ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON) exists.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT The signal of transmission range switch is not changed in the process of
P0850
(Park/neutral switch input circuit) engine starting and driving.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Park/neutral position signal circuit is open or shorted.)
• Transmission range switch
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK PNP SIGNAL FUNCTION
With CONSULT
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. Then check the “P/N POSI SW” signal
under the following conditions.
Position (Shift lever) Known-good signal

N or P position ON
Except above position OFF
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Proceed to ECM-309, "CVT : Diagnosis Procedure".
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
CAUTION:
ECM-308
ENG SPEED 1,600 - 6,375 rpm A

ECM
Shift lever Suitable position
4. Check 1st trip DTC. C
YES >> Proceed to ECM-309, "CVT : Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END D
1. Turn ignition switch ON. E
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following conditions.
+ F
Voltage
ECM − Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
P or N Battery voltage G
F15 14 Ground Selector lever
Except above 0V
NO >> Proceed to ECM-309, "CVT : Diagnosis Procedure".
I
CVT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010703002
1.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY J

2. Disconnect transmission range switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. K
4. Check the voltage between transmission range switch harness connector and ground.
+ L
Transmission range switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
M
YES >> GO TO 2. N
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
2.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between transmission range switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
P
+ −
Transmission range switch ECM Continuity
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.
ECM-309
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH
Check the transmission range switch. Refer to TM-303, "Component Inspection".
NO >> Replace transaxle assembly. Refer to TM-415, "Removal and Installation".
M/T
M/T : DTC Description INFOID:0000000010703003
Reverse / neutral position switch is turn ON when the selector lever is R or N.

ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON) exists.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT The signal of reverse / neutral position switch is not changed in the process
P0850
(Reverse / neutral switch input circuit) of engine starting and driving.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Reverse / neutral position signal circuit is open or shorted.)
• Reverse / neutral position switch
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK PNP SIGNAL FUNCTION
With CONSULT
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. Then check the “P/N POSI SW” signal
under the following conditions.
Position (Shift lever) Known-good signal

N or P position ON
Except above position OFF
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Proceed to ECM-311, "M/T : Diagnosis Procedure".
ECM-310
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. A
CAUTION:
ECM

COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F) C
Shift lever Suitable position
D

Is 1st trip DTC detected? E
YES >> Proceed to ECM-311, "M/T : Diagnosis Procedure".
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK F
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following conditions.
G
+
Voltage
ECM − Condition
(Approx.) H
Connector Terminal
Neutral Battery voltage
F15 14 Ground Selector lever
Except above 0V I
YES-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END J
NO >> Proceed to ECM-311, "M/T : Diagnosis Procedure".
M/T : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010703004
K
1.CHECK REVERSE / NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
2. Disconnect reverse / neutral position switch harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between reverse / neutral position switch harness connector and ground.
M
+
Reverse / neutral position switch − Voltage
N
Connector Terminal
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK REVERSE / NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT P

3. Check the continuity between reverse / neutral position switch harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
ECM-311
+ −
Reverse / neutral position switch ECM Continuity
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK REVERSE / NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
Check the reverse / neutral position switch. Refer to TM-15, "PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH :
Component Inspection".
NO >> Replace reverse / neutral position switch. Refer to TM-35, "Removal and Installation".
ECM-312
P1078 EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
A

EXH TIM SEN/CIRC-B1
P1078 An excessively high or low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
(Exhaust timing sensor circuit bank 1)
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
- Exhaust valve timing control position sensor circuit is open or shorted.
- Sensor power supply 2 circuit is shorted. E
F
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure H
2. Turn ignition switch ON. I
>> GO TO 2. J
2. Check 1st trip DTC. K
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". L
M
2. Disconnect exhaust valve timing (EVT) control position sensor harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between EVT control position sensor harness connector terminals.
O
Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.) P
Terminal
F36 1 2 5V
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 2.
ECM-313
Check the voltage between EVT control position sensor harness connector and ground.
+
Voltage
EVT control position sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F36 1 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 3.
tor.
+ −
YES >> GO TO 4.
5.CHECK EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
tor.
+ −
YES >> GO TO 6.
ECM-314
+ A
ECM – Continuity
Connector Terminal
ECM
F15 11
123
Ground Existed
E57 125 C
128
D
7.CHECK EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT E
tor.
F
+ −
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal G
2. Also check harness for short to power. H
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
Check the EVT control position sensor. Refer to ECM-315, "Component Inspection".
J
YES >> GO TO 9.
K
9.CHECK EXHAUST CAMSHAFT
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end L
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of cam-
shaftrear end or replace camshaft. Refer to EM-197,
"Removal and Installation". N
PBIA9557J O
1.EXHAUST VALVE TIMING (EVT) CONTROL POSITION SENSOR-1 P

3. Disconnect EVT control position sensor harness connector.
ECM-315
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace EVT control position sensor. Refer to EM-196,
"Exploded View".
PBIA9876J

Check the resistance between EVT control position sensor terminals as shown below.

+ − Resistance
Terminal
2
1
3 Except 0 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
2 3
ECM-316
P1197 OUT OF GAS
P1197 OUT OF GAS
A
This diagnosis result is detected when the fuel level of the fuel tank is extremely low and the engine does ECM
notrun normally.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
C
• Fuel rail pressure remains at 1.1 MPa (11 bar, 11.2 kg/cm2, 159.5 psi) or D
less for 5 seconds or more with the fuel level too low.
P1197 FUEL RUN OUT • Fuel rail pressure remains 2.7 MPa (27 bar, 27.5 kg/cm2, 392 psi) lower
than a target fuel pressure for 5 seconds or more with the fuel level too
E
low.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Fuel cut F
• Harness or connectors (Fuel pump circuit is open or shorted.)
• Fuel pump
• Fuel pressure regulator
G
• Fuel pump system
• Harness or connectors (High pressure fuel pump circuit is open or shorted.)
• High pressure fuel pump
• High pressure fuel pump system H
• Hose disconnection
FAIL-SAFE I

Fail safe mode Vehicle behavior J
Others Engine torque is limited.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure L
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. M
TESTING CONDITION:
N
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1 O
Start the engine.
Does the engine start?
YES >> GO TO 3. P
NOTE:
For best results, warm up the engine until “COOLAN TEMP/S” on “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”
using CONSULT reaches at least 70°C (158°F).
ECM-317
P1197 OUT OF GAS
2. Keep the engine speed at 3,500 rpm for 5 seconds and let it idle at least 1 minute.
NOTE:
If the fuel tank has sufficient fuel, this diagnosis result may not be detected.
1.REFUEL THE VEHICLE

1. Refuel 10 liter (8 Imp qt).
CAUTION:
Never refuel more than 10 liter.
2. Start the engine and keep the engine speed at 3,000 rpm for 30 seconds.
NOTE:
For best results, warm up the engine until “COOLAN TEMP/S” on “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”
using CONSULT reaches at least 70°C (158°F).
7. Erase DTC.
9. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure, again. Refer to ECM-317, "DTC Description".
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP
Check fuel pump. Refer to ECM-377, "Component Function Check".
YES >> GO TO 3.
Check high pressure fuel pump. Refer to ECM-380, "Component Function Check".
YES >> Check fuel hose connection.
ECM-318
P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
A
This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during the TCS operation. Pulse ECM
signals are exchanged between ECM and “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis.
D
TCS/CIRC ECM can not receive the information from “ABS actuator and electric unit
P1212 E
(TCS/CIRC) (control unit)” continuously.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted.) F
• Dead (Weak) battery
FAIL-SAFE G
Not applicable
H
P0607. I
NO >> GO TO 2. J
2.PRECONDITIONING
before conducting the next test. K
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. L
TESTING CONDITION:
M
>> GO TO 3.
N
O
P

P0607.
ECM-319
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION TO CHECK THE BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
Perform basic inspection to check the brake control system. Refer to BRC-60, "Work Flow".
ECM-320
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
A

NOTE:
ECM controls cooling fan to the maximum speed when receives the signal abnormality of each sensor, CAN
and IPDM E/R, and severed wire short circuit abnormality. C
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise.
CONSULT screen terms D

ENG OVER TEMP
P1217 Engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature.
(Engine over temperature) E
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to exchange the coolant and engine oil.
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to F
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio.
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
POSSIBLE CAUSE G
• Harness or connectors (Cooling fan circuit is open or shorted.)
• IPDM E/R
• Cooling fan relay H
• Cooling fan motor
• Cooling fan
• Radiator hose
• Radiator I
• Radiator cap
• Water pump
• Thermostat J
• Water control valve
• Amount of engine coolant
FAIL-SAFE K

Fail safe mode Vehicle behavior L
Others Engine speed will not rise more than 1,800rpm due to the fuel cut.
PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE M

If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC UXXXX or P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX or N
P0607.
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to ECM-93, "DTC Index". O
NO >> GO TO 2.
WARNING: P
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres-
sure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
ECM-321
Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the
cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator below the
proper range?
NO >> GO TO 3.
SEF621W

Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not.
Did customer fill the coolant?
NO >> GO TO 4.
With CONSULT
2. Select “FAN DUTY CONTROL” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. Refer to ECM-65,
"CONSULT Function".
3. Check that cooling fan speed varies according to the percentage.

P0607.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION
With CONSULT
2. Select “FAN DUTY CONTROL” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. Refer to ECM-65,
"CONSULT Function".
3. Check that cooling fan speed varies according to the percentage.
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-1
Check cooling system for leak. (Refer to CO-38, "Inspection".)
Is leakage detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
4.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-2
Check the following for leak.
• Hose
• Radiator
ECM-322
• Water pump
A
5.CHECK RADIATOR CAP ECM
Check radiator cap. (Refer to CO-42, "Inspection")
YES >> GO TO 6. C
NO >> Replace radiator cap. Refer to CO-43, "Exploded View".
6.CHECK THERMOSTAT
D
Check thermostat. (Refer to CO-52, "Inspection".)
YES >> GO TO 7. E
NO >> Replace thermostat. Refer to CO-51, "Removal and Installation".
7.CHECK WATER CONTROL VALVE
Check water control valve. (Refer to CO-54, "Inspection".) F
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace water control valve. Refer to CO-53, "Removal and Installation". G
8.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check engine coolant temperature sensor. (Refer to ECM-187, "Component Inspection".) H
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to CO-53, "Exploded View". I
9.OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS
If the cause cannot be isolated, check the CO-36, "Troubleshooting Chart".
J
>> INSPECTION END

K
ECM-323
P1225 TP SENSOR
P1225 TP SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CTP LEARNING-B1
P1225 Closed throttle position learning value is excessively low.
(Closed throttle position learning bank 1)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1 and 2)
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY

2. Remove the intake air duct. Refer to EM-147, "Removal and Installation".
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and the housing
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside, then perform
throttle valve closed position learning. Refer to ECM-128, "Work Procedure".
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-149, "Removal and Installation".
>> INSPECTION END
ECM-324
P1226 TP SENSOR
P1226 TP SENSOR
A

CTP LEARNING-B1
P1226 Closed throttle position learning is not performed successfully, repeatedly.
(Closed throttle position learning bank 1)
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1 and 2)
FAIL-SAFE E
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING F
G
TESTING CONDITION: H
>> GO TO 2. I
5. Check 1st trip DTC. K
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". L
M
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and the housing
O
YES >> GO TO 2.
P
>> INSPECTION END
ECM-325
P155D GENERATOR
P155D GENERATOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

• ECM receives mechanical malfunction signal sent from generator.
P155D GENERATOR
• ECM receives electrical malfunction signal sent from generator.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Generator
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start the engine and let it idle at least 10 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK CHARGING SYSTEM

Perform trouble diagnosis for charging system. Refer to ECM-145, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES >> Replace generator. Refer to CHG-52, "MR20DD : Exploded View".
ECM-326
P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
A

ASCD SW ECM detects that input signal from the ASCD steering switch is out of the
P1564
(ASCD switch) specified range.
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• Harness or connectors (ASCD steering switch circuit is open or shorted.)
• ASCD steering switch
• ECM E
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
F
G
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to ECM-299, "DTC Description". H
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure I
>> GO TO 3. K
2. Press MAIN switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. L
3. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Press ACCEL/RES switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Press COAST/SET switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. M
6. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to ECM-327, "Diagnosis Procedure". N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010703021 O

If DTC P1564 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. P
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT
ECM-327
2. Select “MAIN SW”, “CANCEL SW”, “RESUME/ACC SW” and “SET SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of
“ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Check each item indication as per the following conditions.

Pressed ON
MAIN SW MAIN switch
Released OFF
Pressed ON
CANCEL SW CANCEL switch
Released OFF
Pressed ON
RESUME/ACC SW ACCEL/RES switch
Released OFF
Pressed ON
SET SW COAST/SET switch
Released OFF
Without CONSULT
ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
MAIN switch: Pressed 0V
CANCEL switch: Pressed 1.0 V
E57 110 111 COAST/SET switch: Pressed 2.0 V
ACCEL/RES switch: Pressed 3.0 V
All ASCD steering switches: Released 4.0 V
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
3. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between combination switch (spiral cable) and ECM harness connector.
+ –
Combination switch
ECM Continuity
(Spiral cable)
M66 28 E57 111 Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and combination switch.
ECM-328
+ – A
Combination switch
ECM Continuity
(Spiral cable)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal ECM
M66 27 E57 110 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power. C
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. D
5.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH
Check ASCD steering switch. Refer to ECM-329, "Component Inspection".
E
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch. Refer to ST-8, "Removal and Installation".
F
1.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH G

2. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector.
3. Check the resistance between combination switch harness connector terminals as per the following condi- H
tions.
Combination switch I
(Spiral cable)
Resistance
Condition
+ − (Approx.)
Connector
Terminal J
MAIN switch: Pressed 0Ω
CANCEL switch: Pressed 250 Ω
K
M303 8 9 COAST/SET switch: Pressed 660 Ω
ACCEL/RES switch: Pressed 1,480 Ω
All ASCD steering switches: Released 4,000 Ω L
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch. Refer to ST-8, "Removal and Installation". M
ECM-329
P1568 SIGNAL INVALID
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

ECM detects that a throttle valve opening angle request signal sent from
ICC COMMAND VALUE
P1568 chassis control module is difference from the specified value calculated by
(Intelligent cruise control command value)
ECM.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Chassis control module
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
If DTC P1568 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the confirmation procedure for DTC UXXXX.
YES >> Perform diagnosis for detected DTC. Refer to ECM-93, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 3.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

If DTC P1568 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the confirmation procedure for DTC UXXXX.
YES >> Perform diagnosis for detected DTC. Refer to ECM-93, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT OF CHASSIS CONTROL MODULE
Check that the chassis control module does not detect any DTC.
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace chassis control module. Refer to DAS-312, "Removal and Installation".
3.REPLACE CHASSIS CONTROL MODULE
ECM-330
1. Replace chassis control module. Refer to DAS-312, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure again. A
Is DTC P1568 detected again?
NO >> INSPECTION END ECM
ECM-331
P1572 BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. When malfunction A is detected, DTC is not stored in ECM
memory. And in that case, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip freeze frame data are displayed. 1st trip DTC is erased
when ignition switch OFF. And even when malfunction A is detected in two consecutive trips, DTC is not
stored in ECM memory.

When the vehicle speed is above 30 km/h (19 MPH), ON signals from the
A stop lamp switch and the brake pedal position switch are sent to the ECM
ASCD BRAKE SW at the same time.
P1572
(ASCD brake switch)
Brake pedal position switch signal is not sent to ECM for extremely long
B
time while the vehicle is driving.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
- Stop lamp switch circuit is shorted.
- Brake pedal position switch circuit is shorted.
• Stop lamp switch
• Brake pedal position switch
• Incorrect stop lamp switch installation
• Incorrect brake pedal position switch installation
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
If DTC P1572 is displayed with DTC P0605, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
NOTE:
Procedure for malfunction B is not described here. It takes extremely long time to complete procedure for mal-
function B. By performing procedure for malfunction A, the incident that causes malfunction B can be
detected.
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 5.
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
3. Press MAIN switch and make sure that CRUISE indicator is displayed in combination meter.
4. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds as per the following conditions.
ECM-332
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. A
NOTE:
ECM
Vehicle speed More than 30 km/h (19 mph)

Except P or N position (CVT) C
Selector lever
Except neutral position (M/T)
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? D
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2 E
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle and maintain the following condition for at least 5 seconds.
CAUTION: F
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a G
Vehicle speed More than 30 km/h (19 mph) H

Except P or N position (CVT)
Selector lever
Except neutral position (M/T)
Depress the brake pedal for more I
than five seconds so as not to come
Driving condition
off from the above-mentioned vehicle
speed.
J
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to ECM-334, "Diagnosis Procedure". K
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK L
Without CONSULT
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of brake pedal position switch and stop lamp M
switch circuit. During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following conditions. N
ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition O
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Slightly depressed Battery voltage
115 P
Fully released 0V
E57 128 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed 0V
116
Fully released Battery voltage
ECM-333

If DTC P1572 is displayed with DTC P0605, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT
2. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication as per the following conditions.

Slightly de-
OFF
pressed
BRAKE SW1 Brake pedal
Fully re-
ON
leased
Without CONSULT
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Slightly de-
0V
E57 116 128 Brake pedal pressed
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT
1. Select “BRAKE SW2” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Check “BRAKE SW2” indication as per the following conditions.

Slightly de-
ON
pressed
BRAKE SW2 Brake pedal
Fully re-
OFF
leased
Without CONSULT
ECM-334
ECM A
Voltage
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
ECM
Slightly de-
Battery voltage
Fully released 0V
C
NO >> GO TO 7. D
4.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect brake pedal position switch harness connector. E
4. Check the voltage between brake pedal position switch harness connector and ground.
F
+
Brake pedal position switch − Voltage
G
Connector Terminal
E30 1 Ground Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT I

2. Check the continuity between brake pedal position switch harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor. J
+ −
K
Brake pedal position switch ECM Continuity
E30 2 E57 116 Existed L
M
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH N
Check the brake pedal position switch. Refer to ECM-336, "Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position
Switch)".
NO >> Replace brake pedal position switch. Refer to BR-17, "Removal and Installation"(LHD) or BR-61,
"Removal and Installation"(RHD).
P
7.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.
ECM-335
+
Stop lamp switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
E50 1 Ground Battery volatage

YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
Stop lamp switch ECM Continuity
YES >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Check the stop lamp switch. Refer to ECM-337, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)".
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-17, "Exploded View" (LHD) or BR-61, "Exploded View"
(RHD).
Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position Switch) INFOID:0000000010703027
1.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH-1

2. Disconnect brake pedal position harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between brake pedal position switch terminals as per the following conditions.
Terminals Condition Continuity

Fully released Existed
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Not existed
NO >> GO TO 2.
1. Adjust brake pedal position switch installation. Refer to BR-18, "Inspection and Adjustment" (LHD) BR-62,
"Inspection and Adjustment" (RHD).
ECM-336
Brake pedal position switch A

+ − Condition Continuity
Terminal
ECM
1 2 Brake pedal
NO >> Replace brake pedal position switch. Refer to BR-17, "Removal and Installation" (LHD) BR-61,
"Removal and Installation" (RHD). D
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) INFOID:0000000010703028
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-1 E

3. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals as per the following conditions. F
Stop lamp switch

G
Terminal
Fully released Not existed H
1 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Existed
I
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-2 J
1. Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-18, "Inspection and Adjustment" (LHD) BR-62, "Inspec-
tion and Adjustment" (RHD).
2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals as per the following conditions. K
Stop lamp switch

+ − Condition Continuity L
Terminal
Fully released Not existed
1 2 Brake pedal M
YES >> INSPECTION END N
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-17, "Removal and Installation" (LHD) BR-61, "Removal
and Installation" (RHD).
O
ECM-337
P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
The ECM receives two vehicle speed sensor signals via CAN communication line. One is sent from combina-
tion meter, and the other is from CVT C/U. The ECM uses these signals for ASCD control. Refer to ECM-48,
"AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description" for ASCD functions.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

ASCD VHL SPD SEN
ECM detects a difference between two vehicle speed signals is out of the
P1574 (ASCD vehicle speed sensor)
specified range.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
• Wheel sensor
• ECM
• TCM
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC U1001, P0500, P0605 or P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for
DTC U1001, P0500, P0605 or P0607.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 3.
1. Start engine.
2. Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25 MPH).
CAUTION:
NOTE:
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
ECM-338
A
If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC U1001, P0500, P0605 or P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for
DTC U1001, P0500, P0605 or P0607. ECM
NO >> GO TO 2. C
2.CHECK DTC WITH TCM

Check DTC with TCM. Refer to TM-267, "DTC Index" or TM-251, "CONSULT Function". D
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated. E
3.CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)”
Check DTC with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-53, "DTC Index" or BRC-42,
F
"CONSULT Function".
YES >> GO TO 4. G
Check DTC with combination meter. Refer to MWI-29, "CONSULT Function (METER/M&A)". H
>> INSPECTION END

I
ECM-339
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT A stop lamp switch switch signal is not sent to ECM for extremely long time
P1805
(Brake switch circuit) while the vehicle is driving.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.)
• Stop lamp switch
FAIL-SAFE
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a small range. There-
fore, acceleration will be poor.
Vehicle condition Driving condition

When engine is idling Normal

2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds.
3. Erase the DTC. Refer to ECM-63, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT

2. Depress the brake pedal and check the stop lamp when releasing.
Brake pedal Stop lamp

Fully released Not illuminated
Slightly depressed Illuminated
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
2. Check the voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.
ECM-340
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
+ A
Stop lamp switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
ECM

YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT D
3. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ECM harness connector. E
+ −
Stop lamp switch ECM Continuity F
G
YES >> GO TO 4. H
4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
I
Check stop lamp switch. Refer to ECM-341, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)".
YES >> INSPECTION END J
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-17, "Exploded View" (LHD) BR-61, "Exploded View"
(RHD).
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) INFOID:0000000010703033 K
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-1

3. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals as per the following conditions.
M
Stop lamp switch
Terminal
N

1 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Existed O
NO >> GO TO 2. P
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-2
1. Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-18, "Inspection and Adjustment" (LHD) BR-62, "Inspec-
tion and Adjustment" (RHD).
2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals as per the following conditions.
ECM-341
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
Stop lamp switch

Terminal
1 2 Brake pedal
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-17, "Removal and Installation" (LHD) BR-61, "Removal
and Installation" (RHD).
ECM-342
P2008 INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CONTROL VALVE
A

TUMBLE CONT/V
P2008 Intake manifold runner control valve motor signal circuit is open.
(Intake manifold runner control valve)
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• Harness or connectors (Intake manifold runner control valve motor circuit is open.)
• Intake manifold runner control valve motor
E
FAIL-SAFE

F
Accelerator an-
gle variation
NOTE:
G
Traveling con- control
control speed to encourage the driver to repair malfunction. H
ence position.
Device fix mode
• The intake manifold runner control valve motor is turned OFF (intake manifold runner control I
valve opens).
Stratified charge
combustion
No stratified charge combustion at starting (cold start). J
control at start-
ing
Idle speed con-
Stops feedback control of idle speed and controls with specified speed. K
trol
Recovery speed
control mode erating L
Idle neutral con-
trol
Ignition timing M
trol
Retardation N
control

O
1.PRECONDITIONING
before conducting the next test. P
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
ECM-343

2. Revving engine from idle up to 4,000 rpm under no load after warming up, then return to idling.
1.CHECK INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CONTROL VALVE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY-1

ECM
+ − Voltage
F16 81 E57 128 Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CONTROL VALVE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY-2
+
ECM − Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CONTROL VALVE MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect intake manifold runner control valve motor harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between intake manifold runner control valve motor harness connector and ECM
harness connector.
+ −
Intake manifold runner con-
ECM Continuity
trol valve motor
81 Existed
1
85 Not existed
F103 F16
81 Not existed
2
85 Existed
ECM-344
YES >> GO TO 5. A
4.CHECK ECM GROUND
ECM
C
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal D
F15 11
123
Ground Existed E
E57 125
128
NO >> Repair or replace ground circuit.
5.CHECK INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CONTROL VALVE G
Check intake manifold runner control valve. refer to ECM-345, "Component Inspection".
H
NO >> Replace intake manifold. Refer to EM-149, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010703036 I
1.CHECK INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CONTROL VALVE

With CONSULT J
2. Remove intake manifold. Refer to EM-149, "Removal and Installation".
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and the housing. K
4. Connect intake manifold runner control valve motor harness connector.
6. Select “INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CONTROL VALVE (OPEN/CLOSE)” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of
L
“ENGINE” using CONSULT.
7. Touch “OPERATE”, or “CONTINUE” to check the intake manifold runner control valve.
Without CONSULT
2. Remove intake manifold. Refer to EM-149, "Removal and Installation".
3. Check if foreign matter is caught or there is any breakage between the intake manifold runner control
valve. N
4. Applys battery voltage to the intake manifold runner control valve motor terminals as follows within 2 sec-
onds and check a movement.
O
Intake manifold runner control valve motor
Terminal Movement
(+) (−) P
1 2 Close
2 1 Open
CAUTION:
Do not apply battery voltage continuously more than 30 seconds. It may damage the intake mani-
fold runner control valve motor.
ECM-345
NO >> Replace intake manifold. Refer to EM-149, "Removal and Installation".
ECM-346
P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
A

ETC MOT PWR-B1
ECM detects a voltage of power source for throttle control motor is exces-
P2100 (Throttle actuator “A” control motor circuit/
sively low.
open)
D
ETC MOT PWR-B1
P2103 (Throttle actuator “A” control motor circuit ECM detect the throttle control motor relay is stuck ON.
high)
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor relay circuit is open.)
• Throttle control motor relay F
FAIL-SAFE

Others H

1.PRECONDITIONING I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. J
TESTING CONDITION: K
Witch DTC is detected?
P2100 >> GO TO 2. L
P2103 >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-DTC P2100
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. M
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? N
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END O
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-DTC P2103
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
P
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
ECM-347
1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY

2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connectors.
+ −
Voltage
ECM
(Approx.)
F16 65 E57 128 Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
+ −
3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL
1. Check the voltage between ECM harness connectors.
+ −
Voltage
ECM Condition
(Approx.)
OFF 0V
F16 80 E57 128 Ignition switch
ON Battery voltage
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
+ −
ECM-348
YES >> INSPECTION END A
ECM
ECM-349
P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

ETC FNCTN/CIRC-B1
P2101 (Throttle actuator “A” control motor circuit Electric throttle control function does not operate properly.
range/performance)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
- Throttle control motor circuit is open or shorted.
- Throttle control motor relay circuit is open or shorted.
FAIL-SAFE

Others

If DTC P2101 is displayed with DTC P2100 or P2119, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P2100 or
P2119.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 3.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
ECM-350
If DTC P2101 is displayed with DTC P2100 or P2119, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P2100 or
P2119. A
NO >> GO TO 2. ECM
2. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following conditions.
C
+ −
Voltage
ECM Condition D
(Approx.)
OFF 0V
F16 80 E57 128 Ignition switch E
ON Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 5. F
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector. H
+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity I
J
YES >> GO TO 4. K
4.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
L
+ −
M
F16 65 F90 102 Existed N
O
5.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT P
nector.
ECM-351
+ −
ECM Continuity
ator
69 Not existed
5
73 Existed
F45 F16
69 Existed
6
73 Not existed
YES >> GO TO 6.
2. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and the housing.
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
Check the throttle control motor. Refer to ECM-352, "Component Inspection".

3. Check the resistance between electric throttle control actuator terminals as per the following.

Resistance
+ −
(Approx.)
Terminal
5 6 1 - 15 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
ECM-352
P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
A

ETC MOT-B1
P2118 (Throttle actuator control motor current ECM detects short in throttle control motor signal circuit.
range/performance)
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.)
• Electric throttle control actuator (Throttle control motor) E
FAIL-SAFE
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode F

Others
G

1.PRECONDITIONING H
I
J
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K
3. Check DTC. L
Is DTC detected?
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". M
N
1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. O
nector. P
ECM-353
+ −
ECM Continuity
ator
69 Not existed
5
73 Existed
F45 F16
69 Existed
6
73 Not existed
YES >> GO TO 2.
Check the throttle control motor. Refer to ECM-354, "Component Inspection".

3. Check the resistance between electric throttle control actuator terminals as per the following.

Resistance
+ −
(Approx.)
Terminal
5 6 1 - 15 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
ECM-354
P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
A

Electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return
A
ETC ACTR-B1 spring malfunction.
P2119 (Throttle actuator control throttle
B Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range. D
body range/performance)
C ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open.
POSSIBLE CAUSE E
FAIL-SAFE
F
ECM controls the accelerator pedal depression speed to make it slower than actual speed. This G
Accelerator an-
gle variation
control
H
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed I
Others NOTE:
For pattern A and B refer to A and B of P2119 DTC detection logic.
For C of P2119 DTC detection logic ECM behaves as above. J

1.PRECONDITIONING K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. L
M
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
N
2. Set selector lever to D (CVT) or 1st (M/T) position and wait at least 3 seconds.
3. Set selector lever to P (CVT) or Neutral (M/T) position.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. O
7. Set selector lever to P (CVT) or Neutral (M/T) position. P
8. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
9. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
ECM-355
3. Set selector lever to P (CVT) or Neutral (M/T) position.
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and the housing.
YES >> GO TO 2.
>> INSPECTION END
ECM-356
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
A

APP SEN 1/CIRC
P2122 (Throttle/pedal position sensor/switch “D” An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
circuit low)
D
APP SEN 1/CIRC
P2123 (Throttle/pedal position sensor/switch “D” An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
circuit high)
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 1) F
FAIL-SAFE

The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
Therefore, the acceleration will be poor.
Others NOTE:
If accelerator pedal position sensor 1 and 2 malfunction at the same time conducts following con- I
trol.
opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. J
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY K
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to ECM-306, "DTC Description". L
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
M
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle. O
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE P

2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
ECM-357

NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-1
2. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector.
+
Voltage
APP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E20 4 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity
4.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT
+ −
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
ECM-358
+ − A
ECM
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK APP SENSOR D
Check the APP sensor. Refer to ECM-359, "Component Inspection".

NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010703049 F
1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following condition. H
ECM
Voltage I
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V
126 127 J
Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V
E57 Accelerator pedal
119 120
Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V K
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "Removal and Installation". L
ECM-359
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

APP SEN 2/CIRC
P2127 (Throttle/pedal position sensor/switch “E” An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
circuit low)
APP SEN 2/CIRC
P2128 (Throttle/pedal position sensor/switch “E” An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
circuit high)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
- APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.
• Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 2)
FAIL-SAFE

Others NOTE:
If accelerator pedal position sensor 1 and 2 malfunction at the same time conducts following con-
trol.

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V.
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
ECM-360
A
2. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector. ECM
C
APP sensor
Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.) D
Terminal
E20 5 1 5V
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-2 F
Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.
G
+
Voltage
APP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal H
E20 5 Ground 5V
I
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-3 J
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. K
+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity L
M
YES >> GO TO 4.
N
5.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT P

ECM-361
+ −
YES >> GO TO 6.
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
F15 11
123
Ground Existed
E57 125
128
7.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
+ −
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK APP SENSOR

ECM-362
ECM A
Voltage
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
ECM
126 127
Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V C
119 120
D
E
ECM-363
P2135 TP SENSOR
P2135 TP SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

TP SENSOR-B1
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM compared with the signals from
P2135 (Throttle/pedal position sensor/switch “A”/
TP sensor 1 and TP sensor 2.
“B” voltage correlation)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector (TP sensor 1 or 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1 or 2)
FAIL-SAFE

Others
NOTE:
If throttle position sensor1 and 2 malfunction at the same time conducts following control.

NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 3.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

ECM-364
P2135 TP SENSOR
Is applicable DTC detected? A
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ECM

C
D
+
Voltage
Electric throttle control actuator −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal E
F45 2 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 4. F
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT G
H
nector.
+ −
I
ECM Continuity
ator
J
L
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. M
nector.
N
+ −
ECM Continuity
ator
O
4. Also check harness for short to power. P
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
nector.
ECM-365
P2135 TP SENSOR
+ −
ECM Continuity
ator
1 63
F45 F16 Existed
3 71
YES >> GO TO 6.
Check the throttle position sensor. Refer to ECM-366, "Component Inspection".

3. Perform “Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning”. Refer to ECM-128, "Work Procedure".
5. Set selector lever to D (CVT) or 1st (M/T) position.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following conditions.
ECM
Connector
Terminal
Fully re-
More than 0.36 V
leased
63
Fully de-
Less than 4.75 V
pressed
F16 75 Accelerator pedal
Fully re-
Less than 4.75 V
leased
71
Fully de-
More than 0.36 V
pressed
ECM-366
P2138 APP SENSOR
P2138 APP SENSOR
A

APP SENSOR
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM compared with the signals from
P2138 (Throttle/pedal position sensor/switch “D”/
APP sensor 1 and APP sensor 2.
“E” voltage correlation)
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector
- APP sensor 1 or 2 circuit is open or shorted. E
• Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 1 or 2)
F
FAIL-SAFE

Others NOTE:
If accelerator pedal position sensor 1 and 2 malfunction at the same time conducts following con- I
trol.
J
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY K
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to ECM-306, "DTC Description". L
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
M
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle. O
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE P
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
ECM-367
P2138 APP SENSOR

NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY
APP sensor
Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
E20 4 2 5V
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
+
Voltage
APP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E20 4 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 8.
4.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY-1
2. Disconnect APP sensor harness connector.
APP sensor
Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
E20 5 1 5V
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY-2
ECM-368
P2138 APP SENSOR
+ A
Voltage
APP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
ECM
E20 5 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 9. C
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
D
E
+ −
F
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2 CIRCUIT H

8.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT J
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. K
+ −
L
E20 2 E57 127 Existed M
YES >> GO TO 10. N
9.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT
O
P
+ −
ECM-369
P2138 APP SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 10.
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
F15 11
123
Ground Existed
E57 125
128
11.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
+ −
3 126
E20 E57 Existed
6 119
YES >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK APP SENSOR

ECM-370
P2138 APP SENSOR
ECM A
Connector
Terminal
ECM
126 127
Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V C
119 120
D
E
ECM-371
FUEL INJECTOR
FUEL INJECTOR
1.INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch to START.
Are any cylinders ignited?
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR FUNCTION
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
Clicking sound should be heard.

PBIB3332E
1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY

2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between fuel injector harness connector and ground.
+
Fuel injector − Voltage
Cylinder Connector Terminal
1 F29 1
2 F30 1
Ground Battery voltage
3 F31 1
4 F32 1
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between fuel injector harness connector and ECM harness connector.
ECM-372
FUEL INJECTOR
+ − A
Fuel injector ECM Continuity
Cylinder Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
ECM
1 F29 1 1
2 F30 1 2
F15 Existed
3 F31 1 3 C
4 F32 1 4
D
YES >> GO TO 3.
E
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR DRIVER POWER SUPPLY
2. Turn ignition switch ON. F
+ G
ECM − Voltage
Connector Terminal
H
49
F16 Ground Battery voltage
53
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR DRIVER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT J

3. Disconnect fuel injector relay harness connector. K
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and fuel injector relay harness connector.
+ − L
ECM Fuel injector relay Continuity
M
49 5
F16 F49 Existed
53 7
5. Also check harness for short to power. N
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. O
5.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY (CONTACT SIDE)
Check the voltage between fuel injector relay harness connector and ground. P
+
Fuel injector relay − Voltage
Connector Terminal
3
F49 Ground Battery voltage
6
ECM-373
FUEL INJECTOR
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
6.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY (EXCITATION COIL SIDE)
3. Check the voltage between fuel injector relay harness connector and ground.
+
Fuel injector relay − Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY (EXCITATION COIL SIDE)
2. Disconnect fuel injector relayharness connector.
4. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and fuel injector relay harness connector.
+ −
IPDM E/R Fuel injector relay Continuity
8.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect fuel injector relay harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel injector relay harness connector and ground.
+
Fuel injector relay − Continuity
Connector Terminal
F49 2 Ground Existed
YES >> GO TO 10.
9.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR GROUND CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between fuel injector harness connector and ECM harness connector.
ECM-374
FUEL INJECTOR
+ − A
Fuel injector ECM Continuity
ECM
1 F29 2 5
2 F30 2 6
F15 Existed
3 F31 2 7 C
4 F32 2 8
D
YES >> GO TO 11.
E
10.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR RELAY
Check fuel injector relay. Refer to ECM-375, "Component Inspection (Fuel Injector Relay)".
NO >> Replace fuel injector relay.
11.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR G
Check fuel injector. Refer to ECM-375, "Component Inspection (Fuel Injector)".

NO >> Replace fuel injector. Refer to EM-164, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection (Fuel Injector) INFOID:0000000010703061
I

J
2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
3. Check the resistance between fuel injector terminals.
K
Fuel injector
Resistance
+ −
(Approx.) L
Terminal
1 2 1.44 – 1.73 Ω [at 10 – 60°C (50 –140°F)]
Is the inspection result normal? M
N
Component Inspection (Fuel Injector Relay) INFOID:0000000010703062
1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR RELAY O

2. Remove fuel injector relay.
P
ECM-375
FUEL INJECTOR
3. Check the continuity between fuel injector relay terminals as per
the following conditions.
+ −
Fuel injector relay Condition Continuity
Terminal
12 V direct current supply between ter-
Existed
3 5 minals 1 and 2
No current supply Not existed
JSBIA1178ZZ
12 V direct current supply between ter-
Existed
6 7 minals 1 and 2
ECM-376
LOW PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
A
1.CHECK LOW PRESSURE FUEL PUMP FUNCTION ECM

2. Pinch fuel feed hose with two fingers.
C
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel
feed hose for 1 second after ignition switch is
turned ON. D
NO >> Proceed to ECM-377, "Diagnosis Procedure". E
JSBIA0601ZZ
F
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY G

3. Turn ignition switch ON. H
+ −
I
ECM Voltage
F16 87 E57 128 Battery voltage J
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2. K
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

M
+ −
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal N
O
P
3.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY
2. Reconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector.
5. Check the voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector and ground.
ECM-377
+
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel
− Voltage
pump
Connector Terminal
Battery voltage should exist 1 second after igni-
B72 1 Ground
tion switch is turn ON.
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector and IPDM E/R
harness connector.
+ −
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel
IPDM E/R Continuity
pump
B72 1 E39 48 Existed
5.CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT
2. Check the continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector and ground.
+
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump − Continuity
Connector Terminal
B72 3 Ground Existed
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK FUEL PUMP
Check fuel pump. Refer to ECM-378, "Component Inspection (Fuel Pump)".
NO >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”. Refer to FL-19, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection (Fuel Pump) INFOID:0000000010703065
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP

2. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector.
3. Check the resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminals as follows.
ECM-378
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump A

+ − Resistance
Terminal
ECM
1 3 0.2 - 5.0 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
NO >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”. Refer to FL-19, "Removal and Installation".
ECM-379
HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
1.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP FUNCTION

With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Select “FUEL PRES SEN V” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT and check the
indication as per the following conditions.

At idle 820 - 1,140 mV
FUEL PRES SEN V
Revving engine up to 4,000 rpm quickly. 820 - 2,900 mV
Without CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Check the voltage between ECM terminals as per the following conditions.
ECM
Voltage
Terminal
Battery voltage
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on
rpm at idle.
JPBIA4722ZZ
F16 51 52
Battery voltage
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
JPBIA4723ZZ

1.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY

2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
+
ECM − Voltage
Connector Terminal
ECM-380
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 2. A
2.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
ECM
3. Disconnect high pressure fuel pump relay harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and high pressure fuel pump relay harness con-
nector. C
+ −
ECM High pressure fuel pump relay Continuity D
E
YES >> GO TO 3. F
3.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY (CONTACT SIDE)
G
Check the voltage between high pressure fuel pump relay harness connector and ground.
+ H
High pressure fuel pump relay − Voltage
Connector Terminal
F161 3 Ground Battery voltage I
YES >> GO TO 4.
J
4.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY (EXCITATION COIL SIDE)
1. Install all removed parts. K
3. Check the voltage between high pressure fuel pump relay harness connector and ground.
L
+
High pressure fuel pump relay − Voltage
Connector Terminal M
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (EXCITATION COIL SIDE) O
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector. P
4. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and high pressure fuel pump relay harness
connector.
ECM-381
+ −
IPDM E/R High pressure fuel pump relay Continuity
6.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between high pressure fuel pump relay harness connector and ground.
+
High pressure fuel pump relay − Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP RELAY
Check high pressure fuel pump relay. Refer to ECM-384, "Component Inspection (High Pressure Fuel Pump
Relay)".
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace high pressure fuel pump relay. Refer to ECM-103, "Wiring Diagram" for connector num-
ber, PG-103, "LHD : Engine Room Harness" (LHD) PG-120, "RHD : Engine Room Harness"
(RHD) for relay location.
8.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and high pressure fuel pump relay harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and high pressure fuel pump harness connector.
+ −
ECM High pressure fuel pump Continuity
51 1
F16 F161 Existed
52 2
YES >> GO TO 9.
Check high pressure fuel pump. Refer to ECM-383, "Component Inspection (High Pressure Fuel Pump)".
YES >> GO TO 10.
ECM-382
10.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP INSTALLATION A

2. Check high pressure fuel pump for improper attachment or looseness.
YES >> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK CAMSHAFT C
1. Remove camshaft. Refer to EM-197, "Removal and Installation".
2. Check camshaft. Refer to EM-200, "Inspection".
NO >> Replace camshaft. Refer to EM-197, "Removal and Installation".
E
Component Inspection (High Pressure Fuel Pump) INFOID:0000000010703068
1.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP-1 F

2. Disconnect high pressure fuel pump harness connector.
3. check the resistance between high pressure fuel pump terminals as per the following conditions. G
High pressure fuel pump

+ − Condition Resistance H
Terminal
1 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 20 - 30 (68 - 86) 0.46 - 0.51 Ω
I
YES >> GO TO 2.
J
2.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP-2
With CONSULT
1. Reconnect high pressure fuel pump harness connector. K
2. Start engine.
3. Select “FUEL PRES SEN V” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT and check the
indication as per the following conditions. L

At idle 820 - 1,140 mV M
FUEL PRES SEN V
Revving engine up to 4,000 rpm quickly. 820 - 2,900 mV
N
Without CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Check fuel rail pressure sensor signal voltage.
O
ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
Connector (Approx.) P
Terminal
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0.82 – 1.14 V
• Idle speed
F15 33 39
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0.82 – 2.9 V
• Engine speed: Revving engine from idle to 4,000 rpm
ECM-383
Component Inspection (High Pressure Fuel Pump Relay) INFOID:0000000010703069
1.CHECK HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP RELAY

2. Remove high pressure fuel pump relay. Refer to ECM-14, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component
Parts Location".
3. Check the continuity between high pressure fuel pump relay ter-
minals.
+ −
High pressure fuel
Condition Continuity
pump relay
Terminal
12 V direct current supply between
Existed
3 5 terminals 1 and 2
No current supply Not existed PBIB0098E

NO >> Replace high pressure fuel pump relay. Refer to ECM-14, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Com-
ponent Parts Location".
ECM-384
IGNITION SIGNAL
IGNITION SIGNAL
A
1.INSPECTION START ECM

Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine.
Does the engine start?
C
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 3.
2.CHECK IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION-1 D
With CONSULT
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” with CONSULT. E
3.CHECK IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION-2
Without CONSULT G
1. Let engine idle.
2. Read the voltage signal between ECM harness connector terminals with an oscilloscope.
H
ECM
+ − Voltage signal
I
78
82 J
86
F16 E57 128
K
90
JPBIA4733ZZ
NOTE: L
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
N
1.CHECK CONDENSER POWER SUPPLY
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between condenser harness connector and ground.
P
+
Condenser − Voltage
Connector Terminal
ECM-385
IGNITION SIGNAL
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CONDENSER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and condenser harness connector.
+ −
IPDM E/R Condenser Continuity
3.CHECK CONDENSER GROUND CIRCUIT
2. Check the continuity between condenser harness connector and ground.
+
Condenser − Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK CONDENSER
Check condenser. Refer to ECM-190, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace condenser.
5.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between ignition coil harness connector and ground.
+
Ignition coil − Voltage
Cylinder Connector Terminal
1 F24 3
2 F25 3
Ground Battery voltage
3 F26 3
4 F27 3
YES >> GO TO 6.
ECM-386
IGNITION SIGNAL
6.CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT A

2. Check the continuity between ignition coil harness connector and ground.
ECM
+
Ignition coil − Continuity
Cylinder Connector Terminal C
1 F24 2
2 F25 2
Ground Existed D
3 F26 2
4 F27 2
3. Also check harness for short to power. E
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. F
7.CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. G
2. Check the continuity between ignition coil harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ − H
Ignition coil ECM Continuity
1 F24 1 78 I
2 F25 1 82
F16 Existed
3 F26 1 86
J
4 F27 1 90
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR L
Check ignition coil with power transistor. Refer to ECM-387, "Component Inspection (Ignition Coil With Power
Transistor)".
M
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor. Refer to EM-170, "Exploded View".
N
Component Inspection (Ignition Coil With Power Transistor) INFOID:0000000010703072
1.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR-1 O

2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
3. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as per the following. P
ECM-387
IGNITION SIGNAL
Ignition coil
+ − Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
Terminal
2 Except 0 or ∞ Ω
1
3
Except 0 Ω
2 3
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR-2
CAUTION:
Perform the following procedure in a place with no combustible objects and good ventilation.
2. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure.
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following proce-
dure.
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it 2 or 3 times to release all fuel pressure.
7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked. Refer to EM-170, "Exploded View".
10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 -
11. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and check whether
spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded
metal portion.

CAUTION:
• During the operation, always stay 0.5 m (19.7 in) or more
away from the spark plug and the ignition coil. Be careful JMBIA0066GB
not to get an electrical shock while checking, because the

electrical discharge voltage becomes 20 kV or more.
• It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is taken.
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), the spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning.
Component Inspection (Condenser) INFOID:0000000010703073
1.CHECK CONDENSER
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
3. Check resistance between condenser terminals as per the following.
ECM-388
IGNITION SIGNAL
Condenser A
+ − Resistance MΩ [at 25°C (77°F)]
Terminal
ECM
1 2 Above 1
NO >> Replace condenser.
ECM-389
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
The electrical load signal (Headlamp switch signal, rear window defogger switch signal, etc.) is transferred
from BCM via the CAN communication through IPDM E/R to ECM.
1.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH FUNCTION

2. Select “DATA MONITOR” of “ENGINE” with CONSULT.
3. Select “LOAD SIGNAL” and check indication under the following conditions.
Rear window defogger ON ON

LOAD SIGNAL
switch OFF OFF
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK LIGHTING SWITCH FUNCTION
Check “LOAD SIGNAL” indication under the following conditions.

ON at 2nd
ON
LOAD SIGNAL Lighting switch position
OFF OFF
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SWITCH FUNCTION
Select “HEATER FAN SW” and check indication under the following conditions.

ON ON
HEATER FAN SW Heater fan control switch
OFF OFF
1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the malfunctioning circuit (rear window defogger, headlamp or heater fan). Refer to ECM-390, "Com-
ponent Function Check".
Which circuit is related to the incident?
Rear window defogger>>GO TO 2.
Headlamp>>GO TO 3.
Heater fan>>GO TO 4.
2.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM
Check rear window defogger system. Refer to DEF-22, "Work Flow".
ECM-390
>> INSPECTION END A

3.CHECK HEADLAMP SYSTEM
Check headlamp system. Refer to EXL-70, "Work Flow" (LED type), EXL-242, "Work Flow" (halogen type). ECM
>> INSPECTION END

4.CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SYSTEM C
Check heater fan control system. Refer to HAC-68, "Work Flow" (With automatic air conditioning) HAC-182,
"Work Flow" (With manual air conditioning).
D
>> INSPECTION END

E
ECM-391
SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2 CIRCUIT
ECM supplies a voltage of 5 V to some of the sensors systematically divided into 2 groups, respec-
tively.Accordingly, when a short circuit develops in a sensor power source, a malfunction may occur simulta-
neously in the sensors belonging to the same group as the short-circuited sensor.
• APP sensor 1
NOTE:
If sensor power supply 1 circuit is malfunctioning, DTC P0643 is displayed.
• CMP sensor
• APP sensor 2
• Engine oil pressure sensor
1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-1

+
Voltage
APP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E20 5 Ground 5V
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-2
+ −
YES >> GO TO 3.
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM-392
+ − A
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
ECM
101 Barometric pressure sensor F144 1
E57
118 APP sensor 2 E20 5
Refrigerant pressure sensor E41 3 C
23 Engine oil pressure sensor F117 3
F15
Fuel rail pressure sensor F95 1
D
43 CMP sensor F37 1
YES >> GO TO 4. E
4.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following. F
• Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to ECM-394, "Diagnosis Procedure")
• Fuel rail pressure sensor (Refer to ECM-242, "Component Inspection")
• Engine oil pressure sensor (Refer to ECM-290, "Component Inspection") G
• Barometric pressure sensor (Refer to ECM-187, "Component Inspection")
• CMP sensor (Refer to ECM-266, "Component Inspection")
• Exhaust valve timing control position sensor (Refer to ECM-315, "Component Inspection")
H
YES >> Proceed to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace malfunctioning part. I
ECM-393
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR FUNCTION

2. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch ON.
ECM
+ – Voltage
Connector
Terminal
F15 34 39 1.0 - 4.0 V
1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

2. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ground.
+
Voltage
Refrigerant pressure sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E41 3 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
+ −
Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM Continuity
E41 3 F15 23 Existed
3.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
tor.
ECM-394
+ − A
Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM Continuity
ECM
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT D
tor.
E
+ −
Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM Continuity F
2. Also check harness for short to power. G
YES >> GO TO 5.
H
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". I
YES >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. Refer to HA-36, "REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR :
Removal and Installation". J
ECM-395
COOLING FAN
COOLING FAN
1.CHECK COOLING FAN FUNCTION

With CONSULT
2. Perform “COOLING FAN (DUAL)” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “IPDM E/R” using CONSULT.
3. Touch “LOW”, “HI” on the CONSULT screen.
4. Check that cooling fan operates.
1.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-1

2. Disconnect cooling fan relay-2.
3. Check the voltage between cooling fan relay-2 harness connector and ground.
+
Cooling fan relay-2 − Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-2
Check the voltage between cooling fan relay-2 harness connector and ground.
+
Cooling fan relay-2 − Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
2. Check the continuity between cooling fan relay-2 harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ −
Cooling fan relay-2 IPDM E/R Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
ECM-396
COOLING FAN
4.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR CIRCUIT-1 A

1. Check the continuity between cooling fan relay-2 harness connector and cooling fan motor harness con-
nector.
ECM
+ −
Cooling fan relay-2 Cooling fan motor Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal C
F69 2 F39 1 Exisited
D
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. E
5.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR CIRCUIT-2
1. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and cooling fan motor-2 harness connector.
F
+ −
IPDM E/R Cooling fan motor Continuity
G
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power. H
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 6. I
1. Disconnect cooling fan resistor. J
2. Check the continuity between cooling fan resistor harness connector and cooling fan motor harness con-
nector.
K
+ −
Cooling fan resistor Cooling fan motor Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal L
F68 2 F39 1 Existed
M
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR CIRCUIT-4 N
1. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and cooling fan resistor harness connector.
+ − O
IPDM E/R Cooling fan resistor Continuity
P
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK COOLING FAN RESISTOR
ECM-397
COOLING FAN
Check cooling fan resistor. Refer to ECM-399, "Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Resistor)".
NO >> Replace cooling fan resistor. Refer to CO-47, "Exploded View".
1. Check the continuity between cooling fan motor harness connector and ground.
+
Cooling fan motor − Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY-2
Refer to ECM-399, "Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay)".
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning cooling fan relay.
11.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR
Refer to ECM-398, "Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor)".
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning cooling fan motor. Refer to CO-47, "Removal and Installation".
Perform GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-67, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor) INFOID:0000000010703083
1.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR

2. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector.
3. Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and check operation.
Cooling fan motor

Terminal Condition
+ –
1 3 and 4
2 3 and 4
A
1 and 2 3
1 and 2 4
1, 2 3, 4 B
Check that cooling fan speed of condition B is higher than that of A.
ECM-398
COOLING FAN
NO >> Replace cooling fan motor. Refer to CO-47, "Removal and Installation". A
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay) INFOID:0000000010703084
1.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAYS ECM

2. Remove cooling fan relay-2.
3. Check the continuity between cooling fan relay-2 terminals as per the following conditions. C
Cooling fan relay-2

D
+ − Conditions Continuity
Terminal
12V direct current supply between terminals 3 and 4 Existed E
1 2
F
NO >> Replace cooling fan relay.
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Resistor) INFOID:0000000010715435 G
1.CHECK COOLING FAN RESISTOR

1. Disconnect cooling fan resistor connector. H
2. Check resistance between cooling fan resistor terminals.
Cooling fan resistor I

+ − Resistance
Terminal
J
1 2 0.72 – 0.88 Ω
YES >> INSPECTION END K
NO >> Replace cooling fan resistor. Refer to CO-47, "Exploded View".
ECM-399
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (MIL)
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (MIL)
1.CHECK MIL FUNCTION

2. Check that MIL illuminates.
1.CHECK DTC
Check that DTC UXXXX is not displayed.
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. Refer to ECM-148, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER FUNCTION
Perform self-diagnosis for combination meter. Refer to MWI-39, "DTC Index".
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for the detected DTC.
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-80, "Removal and Installation".
ECM-400
INFORMATION DISPLAY (ASCD)
INFORMATION DISPLAY (ASCD)
A
1.CHECK INFORMATION DISPLAY ECM

1. Start engine.
2. Press MAIN switch on ASCD steering switch.
3. Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25 MPH). C
CAUTION:
4. Press SET/COAST switch.
D
5. Check that the reading of the speedometer shows the same value as the set speed indicated in the infor-
mation display while driving the vehicle on a flat road.
E
F
1.CHECK DTC
1. Check that DTC UXXXX is not displayed. G
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. Refer to ECM-93, "DTC Index". H
Check DTC with combination meter. Refer to MWI-29, "CONSULT Function (METER/M&A)". I
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC indicated. J
K
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-80, "Removal and Installation".
L
ECM-401
CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
Clutch pedal position switch signal is applied to the ECM through the clutch pedal position switch when the
clutch pedal is depressed.
1.CHECK FOR CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH FUNCTION

2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector the following conditions.
ECM
+ - Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Slightly depressed Battery voltage
E57 108 128 Clutch pedal
Fully released Approx. 0 V
NO >> Refer to ECM-402, "Diagnosis Procedure".
1.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect clutch pedal position switch harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
Clutch pedal position switch ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch harness connector and ground.
Clutch pedal position switch

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
E2 2 Ground Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
• Harness for open and short between clutch pedal position switch and ground
ECM-402
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. A

4.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
Refer to ECM-403, "Component Inspection (Clutch Pedal Position Switch)". ECM
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace clutch pedal assembly. C
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
D
>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection (Clutch Pedal Position Switch) INFOID:0000000010703092 E
1.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH-1

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. F
2. Disconnect clutch pedal position switch harness connector
3. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch terminal under the following conditions.
G
Terminal Condition Continuity
1 and 2 Clutch pedal H
YES >> INSPECTION END I
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH-2
1. Adjust clutch pedal position switch installation. Refer to CL-7, "Inspection and Adjustment". J
2. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch terminals under the following conditions.
Terminals Condition Continuity K

1 and 2 Clutch pedal
Fully released Existed L
NO >> Replace clutch pedal assembly. M
ECM-403
BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
1.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH FUNCTION

With CONSULT
2. Select “BRAKE SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
3. Check “BRAKE SW” indication as per the following conditions.

Slightly de-
OFF
pressed
BRAKE SW 1 Brake pedal
Fully re-
ON
leased
Without CONSULT
ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Slightly de-
0V
1.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT

With CONSULT
2. Select “BRAKE SW 1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” with CONSULT.
3. Check “BRAKE SW 1” indication as per the following conditions.

Slightly de-
OFF
pressed
BRAKE SW 1 Brake pedal
Fully re-
ON
leased
Without CONSULT
ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Slightly depressed 0V
E57 116 128 Brake pedal
ECM-404
NO >> GO TO 2. A
2.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
ECM
2. Disconnect brake pedal position switch harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between brake pedal position switch harness connector and ground.
C
+
Brake pedal position switch − Voltage
D
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT F

2. Check the continuity between brake pedal position switch harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor. G
+ −
H
Brake pedal position switch ECM Continuity
E30 2 E57 116 Existed I
J
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH K
Check brake pedal position switch. Refer to ECM-405, "Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position Switch)".
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". L
NO >> Replace brake pedal position switch. Refer to BR-17, "Removal and Installation" (LHD) BR-61,
"Removal and Installation" (RHD).
Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position Switch) INFOID:0000000010703095
M

N
2. Disconnect brake pedal position harness connector.
O
Terminals Condition Continuity
1 and 2 Brake pedal P
NO >> GO TO 2.
1. Adjust brake pedal position switch installation. Refer to BR-62, "Inspection and Adjustment".
ECM-405
Brake pedal position switch

Terminal
1 2 Brake pedal
NO >> Replace brake pedal position switch. Refer to BR-61, "Removal and Installation".
ECM-406
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [MR20DD]
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS A
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000010703099
ECM
SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

C
SYMPTOM
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
D
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

E
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
page
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

F
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
H
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
Fuel Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 ECM-377
Fuel pressure regulator sys- I
3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 ECM-135
tem
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 ECM-372
Evaporative emission sys- J
3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 ECM-414
tem
Fuel rail pressure sensor cir-
1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 ECM-240
cuit K
High pressure fuel pump cir-
4 3 ECM-380
cuit
Air Positive crankcase ventila- L
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 ECM-415
tion system
3 3
Incorrect idle speed adjust-
1 1 1 1 1 ECM-412
ment M
Electric throttle control actu- ECM-350,
1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
ator ECM-355
Intake manifold runner con- N
4 4 ECM-343
trol valve circuit
Igni- Incorrect ignition timing ad-
3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 ECM-413
tion justment
O
Ignition circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 ECM-385
Main power supply and ground cir-
2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 ECM-145
cuit P
ECM-407
SYMPTOM




Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
page
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

Main power supply and ground cir-
2 ECM-145
cuit
1
Engine coolant temperature sensor
3 3 ECM-191
circuit
3 ECM-197,
ECM-200,
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit 1 2 2 2 2 2 ECM-203
ECM-194,
ECM-247,
Throttle position sensor circuit ECM-324,
ECM-325,
2 2 ECM-364
ECM-357,
Accelerator pedal position sensor
3 2 1 ECM-360,
circuit
ECM-367
Knock sensor circuit 2 3 ECM-257
Engine oil temperature sensor cir-
4 2 3 ECM-244
cuit
Crankshaft position sensor circuit 2 2 ECM-259
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
3 2 ECM-263
circuit
Vehicle speed signal circuit 2 3 3 3 ECM-279
ECM-298,
ECM-299,
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
ECM-300,
ECM-302
Intake valve timing control solenoid ECM-156,
3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3
valve circuit ECM-170
Exhaust valve timing control sole- ECM-160,
3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3
noid valve circuit ECM-173
Exhaust valve timing control position
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 ECM-313
sensor circuit
M/T models: Reverse/neutral posi-
tion signal circuit ECM-308,
3 3 3 3 3
CVT models: Transmission range ECM-310
switch
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 4 ECM-394
Electrical load signal circuit 3 ECM-390
ECM-408
Fuel
trol unit)
Air conditioner circuit
Fuel tank
(continued on next table)
Vapor lock
Fuel piping
Warranty symptom code
Warranty symptom code
Valve deposit
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
gasoline, Low octane)

ABS actuator and electric unit (con-
Poor fuel (Heavy weight

2
5
5
AA
AA
ENGINE STALL
2
ENGINE STALL
5
AB
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
AB
4
3
5
5
AC
AC
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION 3
5
5
AD
AD
SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER
3
5
5
AE
AE
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
3
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
ECM-409
AF
AF
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
3
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
5
5
AG
AG
SYMPTOM
SYMPTOM
IDLING VIBRATION
3
IDLING VIBRATION
5
5
AH
AH

3

AJ
AJ
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH
AK
AK
3
5
5
AL
AL
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION
AM
AM
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE) BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

2
HA
HA
page
—
—
—
page
FL-17
FL-28
BRC-42
HAC-68,
Reference
HAC-182
Reference
[MR20DD]
L
F
P
K
E
A
N
H
D
C
O
G
M
ECM
SYMPTOM




Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
page
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

Air Air duct EM-148
Air cleaner EM-148
Air leakage from air
duct
(Mass air flow sensor EM-148
— electric throttle con-
5 5 5 5 5 5
trol actuator)
5 5 5 5
Electric throttle control
EM-148
actuator
Air leakage from intake
manifold/Collector/ —
Gasket
Cranking PG-138,
Battery
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PG-143
Generator circuit CHG-46
Starter circuit 3 STR-18
Signal plate 6 1 EM-231
M/T models: Reverse/
neutral position signal
TM-15,
circuit 4
TM-303
CVT models: Transmis-
sion range switch
Engine Cylinder head
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-215
Cylinder head gasket 4 3
Cylinder block
Piston 4
Piston ring
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 EM-231
Connecting rod
Bearing
Crankshaft
ECM-410
SYMPTOM
A


ECM


Reference C
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
page
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E

Valve Timing chain EM-194 F
mecha-
Camshaft EM-200
nism
Intake valve timing con-
ECM-158 G
trol
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Exhaust valve timing
ECM-162
control
H
Intake valve
3 EM-215
Exhaust valve
Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/ I
Muffler/Gasket EX-10,
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
EM-155
Three way catalyst
Lubrica- EM-158, J
tion Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil EM-221,
pump/Oil filter/Oil gal- LU-25,
lery/Oil cooler 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 LU-28,
LU-29 K
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil LU-22
Cooling Radiator/Hose/Radia- CO-38,
L
tor filler cap CO-42
Thermostat 5 CO-52
Water pump CO-49 M
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5
Water gallery CO-32
Cooling fan CO-48
Coolant level (Low)/ 5 N
CO-38
Contaminated coolant
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
O
ECM-411
IDLE SPEED
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [MR20DD]
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
IDLE SPEED
Inspection INFOID:0000000010703101
1.CHECK IDLE SPEED

With CONSULT
Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
Attach induction type (current detection type) rev counter (A) to loop
wire as shown and check idle speed.
: Vehicle front
>> INSPECTION END
JSBIA0602ZZ
ECM-412
IGNITION TIMING
IGNITION TIMING
A
1.CHECK IGNITION TIMING ECM

1. Attach timing light to wire loop as shown.
2. Check ignition timing.
C
: Timing indicator
D
>> INSPECTION END
PBIB3263E
ECM-413
1. Visually inspect EVAP vapor lines for improper attachment and for cracks, damage, loose connections,
chafing and deterioration.
2. Check EVAP canister as follows:
a. Block port (B). Orally blow air through port (A).
Check that air flows freely through port (C).
b. Block port. Orally blow air through port.
Check that air flows freely through port.
3. Visually inspect the fuel check valve for cracks, damage, loose
connections chafing and deterioration.
PBIB0663E
4. Check fuel check valve as follows:

a. Blow air through connector on the fuel tank side. A considerable
resistance should be felt and a portion of air flow should be
directed toward the EVAP canister side.
b. Blow air through connector on EVAP canister side. Air flow
should be smoothly directed toward fuel tank side.
c. If fuel check valve is suspected or not properly functioning in
step 1 and 2 above, replace it.
SEF552Y
5. Inspect fuel tank filler cap vacuum relief valve for clogging, stick-
ing, etc.
a. Wipe clean valve housing.
SEF989X
b. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.
15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.153 - 0.200 bar, 0.156 - 0.204 kg/

Pressure:
cm2, 2.22 - 2.90 psi)
–6.0 to –3.4 kPa (–0.06 bar to –-0.034bar, –0.061 to –
Vacuum:
0.035 kg/cm2, –0.87 to –0.49 psi)
c. If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly.
SEF943S
ECM-414
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
A
1.CHECK PCV VALVE ECM

1. Start the engine and let it idle.
2. Replace PCV valve from the rocker cover. Refer to EM-170, "Exploded View".
3. Check that a properly working valve makes a hissing noise as C
air passes through it.
YES >> INSPECTION END D
NO >> Replace PCV valve. Refer to EM-170, "Exploded View".
PBIB1589E F
ECM-415
ECM
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [MR20DD]
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

ECM
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010703105
EXPLODED VIEW
JSBIA4560ZZ
ECM Battery tray hose

Barometric pressure sensor
: Vehicle front
CAUTION:
Perform ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM. Refer to ECM-124, "Work Procedure".
REMOVAL
1. Remove air duct.
2. Remove the resonator. Refer to EM-147, "Exploded View".
3. Disconnect barometric pressure sensor harness connector.
4. Remove mounting bolts and the barometric pressure sensor.
5. Remove the hose from the barometric pressure sensor.
6. Disconnect ECM harness connectors. Refer to PG-5, "Harness Connector" (lever locking type).
7. Remove ECM mounting nuts, and then remove ECM.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
ECM-416
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [MR20DD]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) A

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Idle Speed INFOID:0000000010703106
ECM
Condition Specification
C
650 ± 50 rpm (CVT models)
No load* (in P or N position)
700 ± 50 rpm (M/T models)
*: Under the following conditions
D
• A/C switch: OFF
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
E
Ignition Timing INFOID:0000000010703107
F
No load* (in P or N position) 0 ± 2° BTDC
*: Under the following conditions G
• A/C switch: OFF
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position H
Calculated Load Value INFOID:0000000010703108
I
At idle 5 – 35 %
J
At 2,500 rpm 5 – 35 %
Mass Air Flow Sensor INFOID:0000000010703109
At idle 1.0 – 4.0 g/s L
At 2,500 rpm 2.0 – 12.0 g/s
ECM-417

Ecm - Engine Control System (Mr20dd)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ecm - Engine Control System (Mr20dd)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ecm - Engine Control System (Mr20dd)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ENGINE

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM (MR)

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................. 14 STRUCTURE AND OPERATION ..................... 29

CAN COMMUNICATION ........................................... 53 THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION

IGNITION SIGNAL ........................................... 385 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ...................... 412

D4D engine : 20 minutes

• Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.

• After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC

• Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines. H

• Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting. I

• When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure to

Commercial Service Tools INFOID:0000000010702783

Socket wrench Removes and installs engine coolant temperature

Anti-seize lubricant Lubricates oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool D

No. Component Function

Cylinder block left side Cylinder head front side M

No. Component Function

No. Component Function M

6. Cooling fan motor ECM-26, "Cooling Fan"

The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal

Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor INFOID:0000000010702786

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors

Electric Throttle Control Actuator INFOID:0000000010702787

THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY F

Ignition Coil With Power Transistor INFOID:0000000010702788

High Pressure Fuel Pump INFOID:0000000010702790

Low Pressure Fuel Pump INFOID:0000000010702792

The low pressure fuel pump is integrated with a fuel pressure K

INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Intake air temperature

25 (77) 3.3 1.80 - 2.20

Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000010702794

The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine

Engine coolant tem-

Camshaft Position Sensor INFOID:0000000010702796

Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000010702797

Exhaust Valve Timing Control Position Sensor INFOID:0000000010702798 M

Exhaust valve timing control position sensor detects the protrusion of

Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF

Intake Manifold Runner Control Valve INFOID:0000000010702800

Intake manifold runner control valve is consist of intake manifold run-

Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 INFOID:0000000010702801

A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER

The barometric pressure sensor is attached to the battery tray 2.

The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine N

Engine Oil Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000010702806

Engine oil temperature

–10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4

Cooling Fan INFOID:0000000010702807

Refrigerant Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000010702809

Stop Lamp Switch and Brake pedal position switch INFOID:0000000010702810

Brake pedal Brake pedal position switch Stop lamp switch

Clutch pedal position switch are installed to clutch pedal bracket. M

Clutch pedal Clutch pedal position switch N

Clutch pedal Clutch interlock switch

This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold.The positive G

ECM-43, "EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System

NON DTC RELATED ITEM